Juniper T640 Hardware Guide

T640 Component Redundancy on page 4

•

•

T640 System Architecture Description on page 5

•

T640 Packet Forwarding Engine Architecture on page 7

•

•

Data Flow Through the T640 Router on page 7

T640 Router Description

The T640 Core Router is a complete routing system that provides Gigabit Ethernet,

SONET/SDH, and other high-speed interfaces for large networks and network applications, such as those supported by Internet service providers (ISPs).

Application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs) are a definitive part of the router design; these ASICs enable the router to achieve data forwarding rates that match current fiber-optic capacity.

The router accommodates up to eight Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs), which can each be configured with a variety of network media types—altogether providing up to

128 SONET/SDH OC48/STM16, 32 SONET/SDH OC192/STM64, or 128 Gigabit Ethernet ports for the router. In a standalone configuration, the router's maximum aggregate throughput is 320 Gbps, full duplex.

The router is a modular, rack-mountable system. Two routers can be installed in one standard, 78-in. telco rack.

Documentation

•

•

T640 Environmental Specifications on page 130

•

•

T640 DC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 133

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

T640 Component Redundancy

The T640 Core Router is designed so that no single point of failure can cause the entire system to fail. The following major hardware components are redundant:

• Switch Interface Boards (SIBs)—The router has five SIBs. A T640 router that is connected to a TX Matrix platform requires T640-SIBs ; see

“T640 Switch Interface

Boards (SIBs) Description” on page 119 ) Each Type 1 FPC and Type 2 FPC has a

dedicated ASIC with five high-speed links that connect to the SIBs (one link per SIB).

Each Type 3 FPC has two dedicated ASICs, and each ASIC has five high-speed links that connect to the SIBs (a total of 10 links). Each Type 4 FPC has one dedicated ASIC with ten high-speed links that connect to the SIBs (two links per SIB). One of the five

SIBs—usually SIB4 —acts as a backup to the remaining four SIBs. If a SIB fails, the backup SIB becomes active and traffic forwarding continues without any degradation.

When the failed SIB is replaced, it becomes the new backup.

• Host subsystem—The host subsystem consists of a Routing Engine functioning together with a control board. The router can have one or two host subsystems. If two host subsystems are installed, one functions as the master and the other functions as the backup. If the master host subsystem (or either of its components) fails, the backup can take over as the master. To operate, each host subsystem requires a Routing Engine installed in an adjacent slot to a control board.

If the Routing Engines are configured for graceful switchover , the backup Routing Engine automatically synchronizes its configuration and state with the master Routing Engine.

Any update to the master Routing Engine state is replicated on the backup Routing

Engine. If the backup Routing Engine assumes mastership, packet forwarding continues through the router without interruption. For more information about graceful switchover, see the Junos OS Administration Library .

• SONET Clock Generators (SCGs)—The router has a standard configuration of one

SCG. A second can be purchased to function as backup. If one SCG fails, the other becomes the master SCG. Mastership of the SCGs is independent of the host subsystem, so routing functions are not affected.

• Power supplies—The router has two power supplies, which share the load evenly. If one power supply fails, the other power supply can provide full power to the router indefinitely.

• Cooling system—The cooling system has redundant components, which are controlled by the host subsystem. If one of the fans fails, the host subsystem increases the speed of the remaining fans to provide sufficient cooling for the router indefinitely.

Documentation

•

Reinstalling Components in the T640 Chassis on page 202

•

•

T640 System Architecture Description on page 5

Chapter 1: System Overview and Architecture

T640 System Architecture Description

The router architecture cleanly separates control operations from packet forwarding operations. This design eliminates processing and traffic bottlenecks, permitting the router to achieve high performance. Control operations in the router are performed by the host subsystem, which runs Junos OS to handle routing protocols, traffic engineering, policy, policing, monitoring, and configuration management. Forwarding operations in the router are performed by the Packet Forwarding Engines, which consist of hardware, including ASICs, designed by Juniper Networks.

The T640 Core Router has two main architectural components:

• Routing Engine—This component provides Layer 3 routing services and network management.

• Packet Forwarding Engines—These high-performance, ASIC-based components provide

Layer 2 and Layer 3 packet switching, route lookups, and packet forwarding.

The Routing Engine and the Packet Forwarding Engines perform their primary tasks independently, although they constantly communicate through multiple 100-Mbps links.

This arrangement streamlines forwarding and routing control and runs Internet-scale backbone networks at high speeds.

Figure 1 on page 5

shows the relationship between the Routing Engine and the Packet Forwarding Engines.

Figure 1: Router Architecture

Documentation

•

T640 Routing Engine Functions

The Routing Engine handles all routing protocol processes, as well as the software processes that control the router's interfaces, the chassis components, system management, and user access to the router. These routing and software processes run on top of a kernel that interacts with the Packet Forwarding Engine.

The Routing Engine includes the functions and features:

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

• Processing of routing protocol packets—The Routing Engine handles all packets that concern routing protocols, freeing the Packet Forwarding Engine to handle only packets that represent Internet traffic.

• Software modularity—Because each software process is devoted to a different function and uses a separate process space, the failure of one process has little or no effect on the others.

• In-depth Internet functionality—Each routing protocol is implemented with a complete set of Internet features and provides full flexibility for advertising, filtering, and modifying routes. Routing policies are set according to route parameters (for example, prefix, prefix lengths, and BGP attributes).

• Scalability—The Junos routing tables have been designed to hold all the routes in current networks with ample capacity for expansion. Additionally, the Junos OS can efficiently support large numbers of interfaces and virtual circuits.

• Management interface—Different levels of system management tools are provided, including the Junos OS command-line interface (CLI), the Junos XML management protocol, the craft interface, and SNMP.

• Storage and change management—Configuration files, system images, and microcode can be held and maintained in primary and secondary storage systems, permitting local or remote upgrades.

• Monitoring efficiency and flexibility—The router supports functions such as alarm handling and packet counting on every port, without degrading packet-forwarding performance.

The Routing Engine constructs and maintains one or more routing tables (see

Figure 2 on page 6

). From the routing tables, the Routing Engine derives a table of active routes, called the forwarding table, which is then copied into the Packet Forwarding

Engine. The design of the ASICs allow the forwarding table in the Packet Forwarding

Engine to be updated without interrupting forwarding performance.

Figure 2: Control Packet Handling for Routing and Forwarding Table Updates

Documentation

•

Chapter 1: System Overview and Architecture

•

•

T640 Packet Forwarding Engine Architecture

The Packet Forwarding Engines provide the Layer 2 and Layer 3 packet switching, forwarding, and route lookup functions. In a maximum configuration with eight Type 3

FPCs installed, the Packet Forwarding Engines can forward up to 640 million packets per second (Mpps) for all packet sizes. The maximum aggregate throughput rate for the

T640 router is 320 Gbps (full duplex). The Packet Forwarding Engines are implemented in ASICs that are physically located on the FPCs and the PICs.

Each Packet Forwarding Engine consists of the following components (see

Figure 3 on page 8 ):

• Layer 2/Layer 3 Packet Processing ASIC, which performs Layer 2 and Layer 3 encapsulation and de-encapsulation, and manages the division and reassembly of packets within the T640 router.

• Queuing and Memory Interface ASICs, which manage the buffering of data cells in memory and the queueing of notifications.

• T-series Internet Processor, which provides the route lookup function.

• Switch Interface ASICs, which extract the route lookup key and manage the flow of data cells across the switch fabric.

• Media-specific ASICs on the PICs that perform control functions tailored to the PIC media types.

Documentation

•

•

• Replacing T640 Packet Forwarding Engine Components

Data Flow Through the T640 Router

To ensure the efficient movement of data through the T640 Core Router, the router is designed so that ASICs on the hardware components handle the forwarding of data.

Data flows through the T640 router in the following sequence (see

Figure 3 on page 8 ):

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 3: Data Flow Through the T640 Router

Packets arrive at an incoming PIC interface.

The PIC passes the packets to the FPC, where the Layer 2/Layer 3 Packet Processing

ASIC performs Layer 2 and Layer 3 parsing and divides the packets into 64-byte cells.

The Switch Interface ASIC extracts the route lookup key, places it in a notification and passes the notification to the T-series Internet Processor. The Switch Interface ASIC also passes the data cells to the Queuing and Memory Interface ASICs for buffering.

The Queuing and Memory Interface ASICs pass the data cells to memory for buffering.

The T-series Internet Processor performs the route lookup and forwards the notification to the Queuing and Memory Interface ASIC.

The Queuing and Memory Interface ASIC sends the notification to the Switch Interface

ASIC facing the switch fabric, unless the destination is on the same Packet Forwarding

Engine. In this case, the notification is sent back to the Switch Interface ASIC facing the outgoing ports, and the packets are sent to the outgoing port without passing through the switch fabric (see Step

Chapter 1: System Overview and Architecture

The Switch Interface ASIC sends bandwidth requests through the switch fabric to the destination port. The Switch Interface ASIC also issues read requests to the Queuing and Memory Interface ASIC to begin reading data cells out of memory.

The destination Switch Interface ASIC sends bandwidth grants through the switch fabric to the originating Switch Interface ASIC.

On receipt of each bandwidth grant, the originating Switch Interface ASIC sends a cell through the switch fabric to the destination Packet Forwarding Engine.

10.

The destination Switch Interface ASIC receives cells from the switch fabric. It extracts the route lookup key from each cell, places it in a notification, and forwards the notification to the T-series Internet Processor.

11.

The T-series Internet Processor performs the route lookup, and forwards the notification to the Queuing and Memory Interface ASIC.

12.

The Queuing and Memory Interface ASIC forwards the notification, including next-hop information, to the Switch Interface ASIC.

13.

The Switch Interface ASIC sends read requests to the Queuing and Memory Interface

ASIC to read the data cells out of memory, and passes the cells to the Layer 2/Layer

3 Packet Processing ASIC.

14.

The Layer 2/Layer 3 Packet Processing ASIC reassembles the data cells into packets, adds Layer 2 encapsulation, and sends the packets to the outgoing PIC interface.

15.

The outgoing PIC sends the packets out into the network.

Documentation

•

•

Outstanding Issues with the T640 Router on page 11

• Replacing T640 Packet Forwarding Engine Components

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 2

T640 Router Release Notes

•

•

Errata with the T640 Router Documentation on page 12

Outstanding Issues with the T640 Router

This topic lists the outstanding issues with the T640 Core Router.

• When the C1800-RE Routing Engine is installed, the LEDs for the ETHERNET ports on the connector interface panel (CIP) have the following issues:

• Model number RE-DUO-C1800-8G (part number 740-026941 Rev 7)—The activity

LED, labeled ACT0 or ACT1 , for the ETHERNET ports on the connector interface panel

(CIP) are always steadily green, even when no cables are connected to the ports.

For model number RE-DUO-C1800-8G (part number 740-026941 Rev 8) and above, the CIP LED behavior is as described in the T640 Core Router Hardware Guide .

• Model numbers RE-DUO-C1800-8G and RE-DUO-C1800-16G—The LED labeled

GRN =100M YEL=10M is always yellow, but the speed is always a 100-Mbps connection.

• After powering on or off a power supply, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back off or on again.

• After a power supply is powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds for status indicators—such as LEDs on the power supply, show chassis commands, and messages on the craft interface LCD —to indicate that the power supply is functioning normally.

Ignore error indicators that appear during the first 60 seconds.

• The external clock inputs on the SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) with DB-9 ports

(model number SCG-T ) are not supported.

• The external clock inputs on the SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) with RJ-45 ports

(model number SCG-T-EC ) are supported for JUNOS OS Release 10.4 and later.

For complete information about the router, see the T640 Core Router Hardware Guide .

For information about software issues, see the Junos OS Release Notes .

Documentation

•

Errata with the T640 Router Documentation on page 12

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Errata with the T640 Router Documentation

There are no outstanding issues with the T640 router documentation.

Documentation

•

Outstanding Issues with the T640 Router on page 11

CHAPTER 3

Chassis Components and Descriptions

•

•

T640 Midplane Description on page 17

•

•

T640 Cable Management System Description on page 19

•

T640 Connector Interface Panel (CIP) Description on page 19

•

T640 Connector Interface Panel (CIP) LEDs on page 22

•

T640 Craft Interface Description on page 22

•

T640 Craft Interface Alarm LEDs and ACO/LT Button on page 23

•

T640 Craft Interface FPC LEDs and Online/Offline Buttons on page 24

•

T640 Craft Interface Host Subsystem LEDs on page 24

•

T640 Craft Interface LCD and Navigation Buttons on page 25

•

T640 Craft Interface SIB LEDs on page 26

•

T640 SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) Description on page 27

•

Table 3 on page 13 , listed in alphabetic

T640 Hardware Component Overview

The T640 Core Router supports the components in

order.

Table 3: T640 Hardware Components

Component Hardware Model Number Description

Cable management system N/A

“T640 Cable Management System Description” on page 19

Chassis N/A

“T640 Chassis Description” on page 15

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Table 3: T640 Hardware Components (continued)

Component Hardware Model Number

Cooling system, including fan trays and air filters

Connector interface panel (CIP)

Control board

Craft interface

FPC

Host subsystem, including control board and Routing Engine

Description

FAN-REAR-TX-T640

FAN-REAR-TXP-LCC

FAN-T-FBOT

FAN-T-FTOP

FLTR-KIT-T640

CIP-L-T640

CB-L-T

CB-T

CB-LCC

“T640 Cooling System Description” on page 31

“T640 Craft Interface Description” on page 22

T640 Control Boards Description

“T640 Standard Control Boards Description” on page 69

“T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs)

Description” on page 70

“T640 LCC-CB Description” on page 67

CRAFT-T640

See control board and Routing

Engine.

“T640 Craft Interface Description” on page 22

“T640 FPCs Supported” on page 83

“T640 FPC Description” on page 73

“T640 Host Subsystem Description” on page 35

Midplane

PIC

Power system

N/A

T640 Core Router Interface Module

Reference

PWR-T-10KW-DELTA-AC

PWR-T-10KW-WYE-AC

PWR-T-DC

PWR-T1600-3-80-DC

PWR-T1600-4-60-DC

PWR-T-6-60-DC

“T640 Midplane Description” on page 17

“T640 PIC Description” on page 85

“T640 Power System Description” on page 103

“T640 Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply

Description” on page 104

“T640 Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply

Description” on page 107

“T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply

Description” on page 110

“T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Description” on page 112

“T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power

Supply Description” on page 114

Chapter 3: Chassis Components and Descriptions

Table 3: T640 Hardware Components (continued)

Component Hardware Model Number

Routing Engine

SONET Clock Generator (SCG)

Switch Interface Board (SIB)

RE-600-2048

RE-1600-2048

RE-A-2000-4096

RE-DUO-C1800-8G

RE-DUO-C1800-16G

SCG-T-EC

SCG-T

SIB-TXP-T1600

SIB-T1600

Description

“T640 Routing Engine Description” on page 36

“T640 RE-600 Description” on page 37

“T640 RE-1600 Description” on page 39

“T640 RE-2000 Description” on page 44

“T640 RE-C1800 Description” on page 42

“T640 SONET Clock Generators (SCGs)

Description” on page 27

“T640 Switch Interface Boards (SIBs)

Description” on page 119

“T640 LCC-CB Description” on page 67

“T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs)

Description” on page 70

Documentation

•

T640 Field-Replaceable Units on page 269

•

T640 Chassis Description

The T640 Core Router chassis is a rigid sheet metal structure that houses all the other router components (see

“T640 Physical Specifications” on page 127 . The chassis can

and

Figure 5 on page 17

). The chassis measures 37.45 in. (95.1 cm) high, 31 in. (78.7 cm) deep, and 17.43 in. (44.3 cm) wide. For physical specifications, see

be installed into many types of racks or cabinets. For more information. see

“T640 Rack

Requirements” on page 128

The chassis includes the following features (see

“Locating T640 Component Serial Numbers

and

Figure 5 on page 17

• One pair of metal flanges for front-mounting or mounting in a four-post rack or cabinet.

• One pair of metal brackets for center-mounting.

• Installation handles on each side to facilitate positioning the router in the rack. Do not use the handles to lift the router.

• Two electrostatic discharge (ESD) points (banana plug receptacles), one front and one rear.

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

CAUTION: Before removing or installing components of a router, attach an ESD strap to an ESD point and place the other end of the strap around your bare wrist. Failure to use an ESD strap could result in damage to the router.

WARNING: The router must be connected to earth ground during normal operation.

Figure 4: Front View of T640 Chassis

Figure 5: Rear View of T640 Chassis

Chapter 3: Chassis Components and Descriptions

For chassis serial number information , see

Using the CLI” on page 507

Documentation

•

•

T640 Chassis Grounding Cable and Lug Specifications on page 126

•

•

“Locating T640 Component Serial Numbers

T640 Midplane Description

The T640 Core Router midplane is located in the center of the chassis and forms the rear of the FPC card cage (see

Figure 6 on page 18

). The FPCs install into the midplane from the front of the chassis, and the SIBs, Routing Engines, control boards, and SCGs

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide install into the midplane from the rear of the chassis. The power supplies and cooling system components also connect to the midplane.

The midplane performs the following major functions:

• Data path—Data packets are transferred across the midplane from the Packet

Forwarding Engine on the originating FPC to the SIBs, and from the SIBs across the midplane to the Packet Forwarding Engine on the destination FPC.

• Power distribution—The router power supplies are connected to the midplane, which distributes power to all the router components.

• Signal path—The midplane provides the signal path to the FPCs, SIBs, Routing Engines, and control boards, and other system components for monitoring and control of the system.

Figure 6: T640 Midplane

Midplane

FPC card cage

For chassis serial number information , see

Using the CLI” on page 507

Chapter 3: Chassis Components and Descriptions

Documentation

•

•

•

T640 Cable Management System Description

The cable management system (see

Figure 7 on page 19

) consists of a row of nine semicircular plastic bobbins mounted on the front of the router below the FPC card cage.

The PIC cables pass between the bobbins and into the tray, keeping the cables organized and securely in place. The curvature of the bobbins also helps maintain the proper bend radius for optical PIC cables.

You can pull the cable management system up and outward to lock it into the maintenance position. This allows you to access the lower fan tray and the front air filter.

Figure 7: Cable Management System

Documentation

•

•

•

CIP Components on page 19

T640 Connector Interface Panel (CIP) Description

•

•

Management Ports on page 20

•

Alarm Relay Contacts on page 21

CIP Components

The Connector Interface Panel (CIP) consists of Ethernet, console, and auxiliary connectors for the Routing Engines and alarm relay contacts (see

Figure 8 on page 20

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 8: CIP

HOST

ETHERNET

ACT 0

YEL = 10M

GRN = 100M

CONSOLE

AUXILIARY

HOST

ETHERNET

ACT 1

YEL = 10M

GRN = 100M

CONSOLE

AUXILIARY

RED ALARM

YELLOW

ALARM

The front electrostatic discharge point is located near the bottom of the CIP. The CIP is located at the left side of the FPC card cage.

The CIP is hot-pluggable.

Management Ports

The CIP has two sets of ports that you use to connect the Routing Engines to external management devices. From these management devices, you can use the CLI to configure the router.

Chapter 3: Chassis Components and Descriptions

The upper set of ports, labeled HOST 0 , connects to the Routing Engine in slot RE0 ; and the lower set, labeled HOST 1 , connects to the Routing Engine in slot RE1 . Each set includes the following ports:

• ETHERNET —Connects the Routing Engine through an Ethernet connection to a management LAN (or any other device that plugs into an Ethernet connection) for out-of-band management. The port uses an autosensing RJ-45 connector to support both 10- and 100-Mbps connections.

• One small LED on the upper left edge of the ETHERNET port, labeled ACT , indicates whether traffic is passing through the port.

• One small LED on the lower left edge of the ETHERNET port indicates the connection in use: the yellow LED lights for a 10-Mbps connection, and the green LED lights for a 100-Mbps connection.

NOTE: When an RE-C1800 is installed, the connection LED is always yellow for both a 10-Mbps connection and 100-Mbps connection.

• CONSOLE —Connects the Routing Engine to a system console through an RS-232

(EIA-232) serial cable.

• AUXILIARY — Connects the Routing Engine to a laptop, modem, or other auxiliary device through an RS-232 (EIA-232) serial cable.

Alarm Relay Contacts

The CIP has two alarm relay contacts for connecting the router to external alarm devices.

Whenever a system condition triggers either the red or yellow alarm on the craft interface, the alarm relay contacts are also activated. The alarm relay contacts are located below the Routing Engine ports. The terminal blocks that plug into the alarm relay contacts are supplied with the router. They accept wire of any gauge between 28-AWG and 14-AWG

(0.08 and 2.08 mm

), which is not provided. Use the gauge of wire appropriate for the external device you are connecting.

Documentation

•

Replacing the T640 CIP on page 275

•

•

T640 Component Serial Number Label Locations on page 508

•

T640 Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications on page 153

•

T640 RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for the Routing Engine ETHERNET Port on page 154

•

T640 DB-9 Connector Pinouts for the Routing Engine AUXILIARY and CONSOLE Ports on page 154

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

T640 Connector Interface Panel (CIP) LEDs

Two small LEDs on the left edge of the ETHERNET port indicate activity and the speed of the connection in use.

Table 4 on page 22

describes the functions of the LEDs.

NOTE: For routers with RE-C1800 Routing Engines, see the release notes for your router regarding more information about the LED behavior for the

ETHERNET port.

Table 4: CIP LEDs

LED

ACT 0 and ACT 1

Color

Green

GRN = 100M

YEL= 10M

Green

Yellow

State

On steadliy

Off

On steadily

Off

Description

Traffic is passing through the port.

No traffic is passing through the port.

100-Mbps connection

10-Mbps connection

NOTE: When RE-C1800 Routing Engines are installed, the yellow LED indicates a 100-Mbps connection.

Control board is offline.

Documentation

•

Outstanding Issues with the T640 Router on page 11

•

T640 Connector Interface Panel (CIP) Description on page 19

•

Connecting the T640 Router to a Network for Out-of-Band Management on page 221

•

•

T640 Craft Interface Description

The craft interface allows you to view status and troubleshooting information at a glance and to perform many system control functions. It is hot-insertable and hot-removable.

The craft interface is located on the front of the router above the FPCs and contains the following:

Chapter 3: Chassis Components and Descriptions

Figure 9: Front Panel of the T640 Craft Interface

Documentation

•

•

•

“T640 Connector Interface

T640 Craft Interface Alarm LEDs and ACO/LT Button

Two large alarm LEDs are located at the upper left of the craft interface (see

Figure 9 on page 23

). The circular red LED lights to indicate a critical condition that can result in a system shutdown. The triangular yellow LED lights to indicate a less severe condition that requires monitoring or maintenance. Both LEDs can be lit simultaneously.

A condition that causes an LED to light also activates the corresponding alarm relay contact on the connector interface panel (CIP), as described in

Panel (CIP) Description” on page 19 . The LCD on the craft interface reports the cause of

the alarm, as described in

“T640 Craft Interface LCD and Navigation Buttons” on page 25 .

To deactivate red and yellow alarms, press the button labeled ACO/LT (for “alarm cutoff/lamp test”), which is located to the right of the alarm LEDs. Deactivating an alarm turns off both LEDs and deactivates the device attached to the corresponding alarm relay contact on the CIP. However, the LCD continues to report the alarm message until you clear the condition that caused the alarm.

Table 5 on page 24

describes the alarm LEDs and alarm cutoff button in more detail.

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Table 5: Alarm LEDs and Alarm Cutoff/Lamp Test Button

Shape Color State Description

Red

Yellow

—

On steadily Critical alarm LED—Indicates a critical condition that can cause the router to stop functioning. Possible causes include component removal, failure, or overheating.

On steadily Warning alarm LED—Indicates a serious but nonfatal error condition, such as a maintenance alert or a significant increase in component temperature.

— Alarm cutoff/lamp test button—Deactivates red and yellow alarms. Causes all LEDs on the craft interface to light (for testing purposes), when pressed and held.

Documentation

•

•

•

T640 Craft Interface FPC LEDs and Online/Offline Buttons

Each FPC slot has two LEDs that indicate its status. The FPC LEDs, labeled FPC0 through

FPC7 , are located along the bottom of the craft interface.

Table 6 on page 24

describes the functions of the FPC LEDs.

Table 6: FPC LEDs

Label Color State Description

FAIL

Red

Green

On steadily FPC has failed.

On steadily FPC is functioning normally.

Blinking FPC is starting up.

Documentation

•

•

•

T640 Craft Interface Host Subsystem LEDs

Each host subsystem has three LEDs, located on the upper right of the craft interface, that indicate its status. The LEDs labeled HOST0 show the status of the Routing Engine in slot RE0 and the control board in slot CB0 . The LEDs labeled HOST1 show the status

Chapter 3: Chassis Components and Descriptions of the Routing Engine in slot RE1 and the control board in slot CB1 .

Table 7 on page 25

describes the functions of the host subsystem LEDs.

Table 7: T640 Host Subsystem LEDs

Label Color State Description

Red On steadily Host is offline.

FAIL

MASTER

Green

On steadily Host is online and is functioning normally.

On steadily Host is functioning as the master.

Documentation

•

•

•

Messages Overview” on page 488

T640 Craft Interface LCD and Navigation Buttons

A four-line LCD is located in the craft interface, along with six navigation buttons. The

LCD operates in two modes:

• LED Idle Mode

• LED Alarm Mode

During normal operation, the LCD operates in idle mode and reports current status information, as shown in

Figure 10 on page 25 .

Figure 10: T640 LCD in Idle Mode

The lines in the display report the following information:

• First line—Router name.

• Second line—Length of time the router has been running, reported in the following form:

Up days + hours:minutes

• Third and fourth lines—Status messages, which rotate at 2-second intervals. Some conditions, such as removal or insertion of a system component, can interrupt the messages.

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

To add a message that alternates every 2 seconds with the default status messages, use the set chassis display message command. For more information, see set chassis display message .

When a red or yellow alarm occurs, the LCD switches to alarm mode and reports the alarm condition, as shown in

Figure 11 on page 26 .

Figure 11: T640 LCD in Alarm Mode

The lines in the display report the following information:

• First line—Router name.

• Second line—Number of active alarms.

• Third and fourth lines—Individual alarm messages, with the most severe condition shown first. The prefix on each line indicates whether the alarm is a red ( R ) or yellow ( Y ) alarm.

For an overview of alarm messages that can appear on the LCD, see

“T640 Alarm

Documentation

•

•

•

T640 Craft Interface SIB LEDs

Each SIB has two LEDs on the craft interface that indicate its status. The SIB LEDs, labeled

SIB0 through SIB2 , are located on the upper right of the craft interface. The ACTIVE LED on the SIB faceplate is not replicated on the craft interface.

Table 8 on page 26

describes the functions of the SIB LEDs.

Table 8: SIB LEDs on the Craft Interface

Label Color State Description

FAIL

Red

Green

On steadily SIB has failed.

On steadily SIB is functioning normally.

Documentation

•

•

Chapter 3: Chassis Components and Descriptions

•

T640 SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) Description

The SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) provide 19.44-MHz Stratum 3 clock signal for the

SONET/SDH interfaces on the router. One SCG is shipped as part of the standard router configuration, but up to two SCGs can be installed to provide redundancy. SCGs are installed into the upper rear of the chassis in the slots labeled SCG0 and SCG1 .

Backup SCGs are hot-removable and hot-insertable. Master and nonredundant SCGs are hot-pluggable.

The router supports the SCGs in

Table 9 on page 27 .

NOTE: Redundant SCGs must be the same model number, except during upgrade.

Table 9: Supported Power Supplies

Name

SCG with DB-9 ports

( Figure 12 on page 27

)

SCG with RJ-48 ports

( Figure 13 on page 28

)

Figure 12: SCG with DB-9 Ports

Model Number

SCG-T

SCG-T-EC

First Supported Junos OS

Release

5.3

10.4

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 13: SCG with RJ-48 ports

Online/Offline button

EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUTS

OK Fail Master

Each SCG consists of the following components:

• 19.44-MHz Stratum 3 clock.

• Field-programmable gate array (FPGA) that performs multiplexing of clock sources.

These components are located on the SCG faceplate:

• Three LEDs— OK , FAIL , and MASTER , that display the status of the SCG.

• SCG online/offline button.

• Two external clock inputs.

NOTE: Junos OS Release 10.4 and later supports the external clock inputs on the SCG with RJ-48 ports. The external clock inputs are not supported on the SONET Clock Generator (SCG) with DB-9 ports.

For information about configuring external clock synchronization for T

Series routers, see Junos OS Administration Library

• Two LEDs for each RJ-48 external clock input that display the status of the links.

Documentation

•

•

Replacing a T640 SCG on page 285

•

•

T640 Component Serial Number Label Locations on page 508

• T640 RJ-48 Connector Pinouts for the SCG EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUTS Ports

•

T640 SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) LEDs

Three LEDs, located on the SCG faceplate, display the status of the SCG.

Table 10 on page 29

describes the functions of the SCG LEDs. Two LINK LEDs, located

Chapter 3: Chassis Components and Descriptions on the left of each RJ-48 port, display the status of the external clock inputs links. The other LEDs on the right of each port are not used.

NOTE: The external clock inputs on the SCG with DB-9 ports are not functional.

Figure 14 on page 29

shows the LEDs on the SCG with RJ-48 ports.

Figure 14: SCG with RJ-48 ports

Online/Offline button

EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUTS

OK Fail Master

Table 10 on page 29

describes the functions of the SCG LEDs. The LINK LED is not applicable to the SCG with DB-9 ports.

Table 10: SCG LEDs

Label Color State Description

OK Green On steadily

FAIL

MASTER

Yellow

Blue

Off

On steadily

Off

On steadily

SCG is online and is functioning normally.

SCG is not online or not functioning normally.

SCG has failed.

SCG is offline or functioning normally.

SCG is functioning as master.

LINK Green

Off

On Steadily

Off

SCG is not functioning as the master.

Link is online and active.

No link.

Documentation

•

T640 SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) Description on page 27

•

Replacing a T640 SCG on page 285

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

•

•

Troubleshooting the T640 SONET Clock Generators on page 490

•

•

T640 Component Serial Number Label Locations on page 508

CHAPTER 4

Cooling System Components and

Descriptions

•

Power Supply Cooling System on page 33

T640 Cooling System Description

The cooling system components work together to keep all router components within the acceptable temperature range. The host subsystem monitors the temperature of the router components. When the router is operating normally, the fans function at lower than full speed. If a fan fails or the ambient temperature rises above a threshold, the speed of the remaining fans is automatically adjusted to keep the temperature within the acceptable range. If the ambient maximum temperature specification is exceeded and the system cannot be adequately cooled, the Routing Engine shuts down some or all of the hardware components.

•

Airflow on page 31

•

Fan Trays on page 32

•

Air Filters on page 33

•

Airflow

Figure 15 on page 32

shows the airflow through the router.

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 15: Airflow Through the Chassis

Fan Trays

NOTE: The standard fan trays and quiet fan trays are not interchangeable with each other. All fans in the chassis must be either standard fan trays or quiet fan trays.

The cooling system contains the following fan trays:

• One rear fan tray cools the components installed in the rear card cage (the Routing

Engines, control boards, SCGs, and the SIBs). The T640 router supports the following types of rear fan trays:

• The standard rear fan tray with five blowers (EOL) is supported by Junos OS 5.3 and later. It has no label and is not interchangeable with the standard front fan trays.

• The standard rear fan tray with eight fans is supported by Junos OS 8.5 and later. It has no label and is not interchangeable with the standard front fan trays.

• The quiet rear fan tray, labeled REAR FANTRAY FAN-R-S and supported by Junos

OS 11.1 and later, contains eight fans and is not interchangeable with the quiet front fan trays.

• One upper front fan tray and one lower front fan tray that cool the components installed in the front card cage (the FPCs, PICs, CIP, and midplane). The T640 router supports the following front fan trays:

• The upper and lower standard front fan trays, each of which contain six fans and have no labels. Both standard fan trays are interchangeable with each other.

• Each quiet front fan tray contains four fans, as indicated by the four fan icons on the faceplate.

Chapter 4: Cooling System Components and Descriptions

NOTE: The quiet upper front fan tray and quiet lower front fan tray are not interchangeable with each other. In addition to the labels, the quiet upper fan tray also has an upward pointing arrow above the four fan icons on the faceplate.

The quiet upper front fan tray is labeled FAN-T-FTOP-S and UPPER FANTRAY (see

Figure 16 on page 33 ).

Figure 16: Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray

FAN-T-FTOP-S

UPPER FANTRAY

The quiet lower front fan tray is labeled FAN-T-FBOT-S and LOWER FANTRAY (see

Figure 17 on page 33 ).

Figure 17: Quiet Lower Front Fan Tray

FAN-T-FBOT-S

LOWER FANTRAY

All fan trays are hot-insertable and hot-removable.

Air Filters

The cooling system contains a front air filter and a rear air filter. All air filters are hot-insertable and hot-removable.

Power Supply Cooling System

The power supply cooling system consists of the following:

• Each DC power supply contains one fan that cools that power supply.

• Each AC power supply contains two fans that cool that power supply.

Documentation

•

•

•

Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 491

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

•

CHAPTER 5

Host Subsystem Components and

Descriptions

•

•

T640 RE-600 Description on page 37

•

•

T640 RE-600 LEDs on page 39

•

T640 RE-1600 Description on page 39

•

T640 RE-1600 LEDs on page 41

•

•

T640 RE-2000 Description on page 44

•

•

T640 RE-2000 LEDs on page 45

•

Routing Engine Specifications on page 46

•

Supported Routing Engines by Router on page 52

•

T640 LCC-CB Description on page 67

•

T640 Standard Control Boards Description on page 69

•

•

T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs) Description on page 70

•

•

T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs) LEDs on page 72

T640 Host Subsystem Description

The host subsystem provides the routing and system management functions of the router. You can install one or two host subsystems on the router. To operate, each host subsystem functions as a unit; the Routing Engine requires the corresponding control board, and vice versa.

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

NOTE: We recommend that you install two host subsystems for redundant protection. If you install only one host subsystem, we recommend that you install it in slot RE0 .

Each host subsystem has three LEDs that display its status. The host subsystem LEDs are located on the upper right of the craft interface. For more information about the host subsystem LEDs, see

“T640 Craft Interface Host Subsystem LEDs” on page 24

Documentation

•

•

• T640 Control Boards Description

•

•

“T640 RE-600 Description” on page 37

T640 Routing Engine Description

The Routing Engine runs Junos OS. The software processes that run on the Routing Engine maintain the routing tables, manage the routing protocols used on the router, control the router interfaces, control some chassis components, and provide the interface for system management and user access to the router.

The T640 router is shipped with Junos OS preinstalled and ready to be configured when the T640 router is powered on. There are three copies of the software: one on a

CompactFlash card in the Routing Engine, one on a hard disk or solid-state drive in the

Routing Engine, and one on a PC Card or USB storage device that can be inserted into the slot in the Routing Engine faceplate.

You can install one or two Routing Engines in the router. The Routing Engines install into the upper rear of the chassis in the slots labeled RE0 and RE1 . Each Routing Engine requires a control board to be installed in the adjacent slot.

RE0 installs below CB0 , and RE1 installs above CB1 . A Routing Engine does not power up without a control board present in the adjacent slot.

NOTE: If two Routing Engines are installed, they must both be the same hardware model.

If two Routing Engines are installed, one functions as the master and the other acts as the backup. If the master Routing Engine fails or is removed, and the backup is configured appropriately, the backup takes over as the master. If the host system is redundant, the backup Routing Engine is hot-removable and hot-insertable, but the master Routing

Engine is hot-pluggable. A Routing Engine that is not redundant requires that you power down the router before replacement.

Chapter 5: Host Subsystem Components and Descriptions

NOTE: For specific information about Routing Engine components (for example, the amount of DRAM), issue the show chassis routing-engine command.

The ports for connecting the Routing Engine to external management devices are located on the Connector Interface Panel (CIP).

The T640 router supports the Routing Engines listed in

Table 11 on page 37 .

Table 11: T640 Supported Routing Engines

Name Model Number

First Supported Junos OS

Release

5.3

RE-600 (EOL)

RE-1600 (EOL)

“T640 RE-1600 Description” on page 39

RE-600-2048

RE-1600-2048

RE-2000

“T640 RE-2000 Description” on page 44

RE-A-2000-4096

RE-C1800

“T640 RE-C1800 Description” on page 42

RE-DUO-C1800-8G

RE-DUO-C1800-16G

6.2

8.1

11.2 for standalone T640 routers

11.4R2 for standalone T640 routers

13.3R1 for T640 routers connected to a TX Matrix router.

Documentation

•

•

•

T640 RE-600 Description

Each Routing Engine 600 (shown in

Figure 18 on page 38

) consists of the following components:

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

• CPU—Runs Junos OS to maintain the router's routing tables and routing protocols. It has a Pentium-class processor.

• SDRAM—Provides storage for the routing and forwarding tables and for other Routing

Engine processes.

• CompactFlash card—Provides primary storage for software images, configuration files, and microcode. The fixed CompactFlash card is inaccessible from outside the router.

• Hard disk—Provides secondary storage for log files, memory dumps, and rebooting the system if the CompactFlash card fails.

• EEPROM—Stores the serial number of the Routing Engine.

• Interfaces for management access—Provide information about Routing Engine status to devices (console, laptop, or terminal server) connected to ports located on the

Connector Interface Panel (CIP).

Figure 18: Routing Engine 600

The faceplate of the Routing Engine 600 contains the following:

• One PC Card slot—Accepts a removable PC Card, which stores software images for system upgrades.

A slot labeled PC CARD on the Routing Engine faceplate accepts a Type I PC Card, as defined in the PC Card Standard published by the Personal Computer Memory Card

International Association (PCMCIA). The router is shipped with a PC Card that contains

Junos OS. The PC Card can be used to copy Junos OS from the PC Card onto the Routing

Engine. You can also copy Junos OS from the Routing Engine onto a PC Card, for example, to create a backup copy of upgrade software that you have obtained from

Juniper Networks. Instructions for copying software to a PC Card are available at the

Juniper Networks Support Web site ( https://www.juniper.net/support/ ). After logging in, navigate to the Customer Support Center, then to the download page for Junos OS.

NOTE: The software on a PC Card is loaded only onto the Routing Engine into which the PC Card is inserted. It is not automatically copied to the other Routing Engine.

• Reset button—Reboots the Routing Engine when pressed.

Chapter 5: Host Subsystem Components and Descriptions

• HD LED

The RE-600 Routing Engine boots from the storage media in this order: the PC Card (if present), then the CompactFlash card (if present), then the hard disk.

Documentation

•

•

•

T640 RE-600 LEDs on page 39

•

•

T640 RE-600 LEDs

Table 12 on page 39

describes the functions of the HD LED.

Table 12: Routing Engine 600 LEDs

Label Color State Description

HD Yellow On steadily or blinking

Indicates activity on the hard drive.

NOTE: The LEDs on the Routing Engine do not necessarily indicate routing-related activity.

NOTE: The LEDs that report host module status (including Routing Engine status) are on the craft interface rather than the Routing Engine faceplate.

Documentation

•

•

T640 RE-600 Description on page 37

•

•

Troubleshooting the T640 Host Subsystem on page 494

•

T640 RE-1600 Description

The RE-1600 Routing Engine boots from the storage media in this order: the PC Card in

SLOT 0 (if present), then the PC Card in SLOT 1 (if present), then the CompactFlash card

(if present), then the hard disk.

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 19: Routing Engine 1600 (RE-1600)

Each RE-1600 (shown in

Figure 19 on page 40 ) consists of the following components:

• CPU—Runs Junos OS to maintain the router's routing tables and routing protocols. It has a Pentium-class processor.

• SDRAM—Provides storage for the routing and forwarding tables and for other Routing

Engine processes.

• CompactFlash card—Provides primary storage for software images, configuration files, and microcode. The fixed CompactFlash card is inaccessible from outside the router.

• Hard disk—Provides secondary storage for log files, memory dumps, and rebooting the system if the CompactFlash card fails.

• EEPROM—Stores the serial number of the Routing Engine.

• Interfaces for management—Provide information about Routing Engine status to devices (console, laptop, or terminal server) connected to the Routing Engine ports located on the CIP.

The faceplate of the RE-1600 contains the following:

• Two PC Card slots—Accept removable PC Cards, which store software images for system upgrades.

The slots accept a Type I PC Card, as defined in the PC Card Standard published by the Personal Computer Memory Card International Association (PCMCIA). The router is shipped with a PC Card that contains Junos OS. The PC Card can be used to copy

Junos OS from the PC Card onto the Routing Engine. You can also copy Junos OS from the Routing Engine onto a PC Card, for example, to create a backup copy of upgrade software that you have obtained from Juniper Networks. Instructions for copying software to a PC Card are available at the Juniper Networks Support Web site

( https://www.juniper.net/support/ ). After logging in, navigate to the Customer Support

Center, then to the download page for Junos OS.

NOTE: The software on a PC Card is loaded only onto the Routing Engine into which the PC Card is inserted. It is not automatically copied to the other Routing Engine.

Chapter 5: Host Subsystem Components and Descriptions

• Reset button—Reboots the Routing Engine when pressed.

• HD LED and Slot LEDs 0 and 1 LEDs.

Documentation

•

•

•

T640 RE-1600 LEDs on page 41

•

•

T640 RE-1600 LEDs

LEDs—

Table 13 on page 41

describes the functions of these LEDs.

Table 13: Routing Engine 1600 LEDs

Label Color State Description

Slot LEDs 0 and 1

Red and green alternately

Blinking

Green On steadily

Indicates that the Routing Engine is booting and the firmware is checking if a PC card is installed.

Indicates that the Routing Engine booted from the PC Card.

HD Yellow On steadily or blinking

Indicates activity on the hard drive.

NOTE: The LEDs on the Routing Engine do not necessarily indicate routing-related activity.

NOTE: The LEDs that report host module status (including Routing Engine status) are on the craft interface rather than the Routing Engine faceplate.

Documentation

•

•

T640 RE-1600 Description on page 39

•

•

Troubleshooting the T640 Host Subsystem on page 494

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

T640 RE-C1800 Description

•

RE-C1800 Components on page 42

•

RE-C1800 Boot Order on page 42

RE-C1800 Components

Each RE-C1800 ( Figure 20 on page 42

) consists of the following components:

• CPU—Runs the Junos OS to maintain the routing tables and routing protocols.

• DRAM—Provides storage for the routing and forwarding tables and for other Routing

Engine processes.

• EEPROM—Stores the serial number of the Routing Engine.

• Interfaces for management access—Provide information about Routing Engine status to devices (console, laptop, or terminal server) connected to the management ports located on the CIP.

Figure 20: Routing Engine C1800 (RE-C1800)

The faceplate of the RE-C1800 contains the following:

• USB port—Provides a removable media interface through which you can install the

Junos OS manually. The Junos OS supports USB version 1.1 and version 2.0 devices.

• CompactFlash card slot—Provides primary storage for software images, configuration files, and microcode.

• Two solid-state disk (SSD) slots—Provides secondary storage for log files, memory dumps, and rebooting the system if the CompactFlash card fails.

NOTE: DISK2 is not currently supported.

• Reset button—Reboots the Routing Engine when pressed.

• Offline button—Takes the Routing Engine offline when pressed.

• Four LEDs— CF , DISK1 , DISK2 , and ONLINE .

• Extractor clips—Control the locking system that secures the Routing Engine.

RE-C1800 Boot Order

The RE-C1800 Routing Engine boots from the storage media in this order: the USB device, then the CompactFlash card (if present), then DISK1 , then the LAN.

Chapter 5: Host Subsystem Components and Descriptions

Documentation

•

•

•

•

T640 RE-C1800 LEDs

Figure 21 on page 43

shows the RE-C1800 LEDs.

Table 14 on page 43

describes the functions of the LEDs on the faceplate of the Routing Engine.

Figure 21: RE-C1800 LEDs

USB

Online

S S

USB

Offline

Online

Reset

NOTE: The LEDs on the Routing Engine do not necessarily indicate routing-related activity.

Table 14: Routing Engine C1800 LEDs

Label Color State

CF Green On steadily

DISK1

DISK2

—

Green

—

Green

—

Off

On steadily

Off

On steadily

Off

Description

Indicates disk activity on the CompactFlash card.

There is no disk activity on the CompactFlash card.

Indicates activity for the disk.

There is no activity for the disk.

Not applicable.

NOTE: The DISK2 LEDis not currently supported.

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Table 14: Routing Engine C1800 LEDs (continued)

Label Color State Description

ONLINE

USB

Green

Red

—

Green

On steadily

Off

On steadily

Routing Engine is functioning normally.

Routing Engine is not functioning normally.

Routing Engine is not online or not functioning normally.

Indicates activity on the USB port.

— Off There is no activity on the USB port.

Documentation

•

•

Troubleshooting the T640 Host Subsystem on page 494

•

T640 RE-2000 Description

Each RE-2000 (shown in

Figure 22 on page 45

) consists of the following components:

• CPU—Runs Junos OS to maintain the router's routing tables and routing protocols. It has a Pentium-class processor.

• DRAM—Provides storage for the routing and forwarding tables and for other Routing

Engine processes.

• CompactFlash card—Provides primary storage for software images, configuration files, and microcode. The fixed CompactFlash card is inaccessible from outside the router.

• Hard disk—Provides secondary storage for log files, memory dumps, and rebooting the system if the CompactFlash card fails.

• EEPROM—Stores the serial number of the Routing Engine.

• Interfaces for management access—Provide information about Routing Engine status to devices (console, laptop, or terminal server) connected to the Routing Engine ports located on the CIP.

Chapter 5: Host Subsystem Components and Descriptions

Figure 22: Routing Engine 2000 (RE-2000)

The faceplate of the RE-2000 contains the following:

• USB port—Provides a removable media interface through which you can install the

Junos OS manually. The Junos OS supports USB version 1.0.

• Reset button—Reboots the Routing Engine when pressed.

• Offline button—Takes the Routing Engine offline when pressed.

• Extractor clips—Control the locking system that secures the Routing Engine.

• HDD and ONLINE LEDs

The RE-2000 Routing Engine boots from the storage media in this order: the USB device, then the CompactFlash card (if present), then the hard disk, then the LAN.

Documentation

•

•

•

T640 RE-2000 LEDs on page 45

•

•

T640 RE-2000 LEDs

Table 15 on page 45

describes the functions of these LEDs.

Table 15: Routing Engine 2000 LEDs

Label Color State Description

Blue On steadily Indicates disk activity for the hard disk drive.

HDD

ONLINE Green

Red

On steadily

Blinking

On steadily

Routing Engine is functioning normally.

Routing Engine is transitioning online.

Routing Engine has failed.

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

NOTE: The LEDs on the Routing Engine do not necessarily indicate routing-related activity.

Documentation

•

•

T640 RE-2000 Description on page 44

•

•

Troubleshooting the T640 Host Subsystem on page 494

Routing Engine Specifications

Table 16 on page 46

lists the current specifications for Routing Engines supported on

M Series, MX Series, and T Series routers.

Table 17 on page 50

lists the hardware specifications of the Routing Engines with VMHost support.

Table 18 on page 51

lists the specifications for end-of-life Routing Engines.

NOTE: For a list of the routing engines that are supported on the M Series,

MX Series, T Series, and PTX routers, see

“Supported Routing Engines by

Router” on page 52 .

NOTE: For information about PTX Series Routing Engine specifications, see

Routing Engines Supported on PTX Series Routers.

Table 16: Routing Engine Specifications

Routing Engine

RE-400-768

RE-A-1000-2048

RE-A-2000-4096

Processor

400-MHz

Celeron

768 MB Fast

Ethernet

1.0-GHz

Pentium

2.0-GHz

Pentium

Memory

Connection to PFEs

2048 MB Gigabit

Ethernet

4096

Gigabit

Ethernet

Disk Media

40 GB hard disk

1 GB

CompactFlash card

9.0

40 GB hard disk

1 GB

CompactFlash card

8.1

40 GB hard disk

1 GB

CompactFlash card

8.1

First Junos

Support

Switch

Control

Board

–

RE-S-1300-2048 1.3-GHz

Pentium

2048 MB Gigabit

Ethernet

40 GB hard disk

1 GB

CompactFlash card

8.2

SCB, SCBE

Chapter 5: Host Subsystem Components and Descriptions

Table 16: Routing Engine Specifications (continued)

Routing Engine

RE-S-2000-4096

Processor Memory

Connection to PFEs Disk

2.0-GHz

Pentium

4096

Gigabit

Ethernet

Media

First Junos

Support

Switch

Control

Board

40 GB hard disk

1 GB

CompactFlash card

8.2

SCB, SCBE

RE-C1800

RE-C2600

RE-A-1800x2

1.8-GHz

1.8 Ghz

2.6-GHz

8 GB

16 GB

Gigabit

Ethernet

Gigabit

Ethernet

Gigabit

Ethernet

1800-MHz 8 GB or

16 GB

Gigabit

Ethernet

SSD

32 GB

SSD

4 GB

CompactFlash card

T1600 router in a routing matrix:

9.6R2

Standalone

T640 or

T1600 router:11.2

CB-T for a standalone router.

CB-LCC for a router in a routing matrix.

4 GB

CompactFlash card

32-bit Junos

OS on a standalone

T1600 router:

11.4R2

32-bit Junos

OS on a

T1600 router in a routing matrix:

11.4R2

CB-T for a standalone router.

CB-LCC for a router in a routing matrix.

64-bit

Junos OS on a standalone

T1600 router:

11.4R2

64-bit

Junos OS on a T1600 router in a routing matrix:

11.4R2

4 GB

CompactFlash card

TX Matrix

Plus router:

9.6R2

–

4 GB

CompactFlash card

10.4

–

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Table 16: Routing Engine Specifications (continued)

Routing Engine

RE-S-1800x2

RE-S-1800x4

RE-S-MX104

RE-B-1800x1-4G

RE-MX2000-1800x4

RE-S-1800X4-32G-S

REMX2K-1800-32G-S

RE-S-X6-64G,

RE-S-X6-64G-LT

REMX2K-X8-64G

REMX2K-X8-64G-LT

REMX2008-X8-64G

RE-S-1600x8

Processor Memory

Connection to PFEs Disk

1800-MHz 8 GB or

16 GB

Gigabit

Ethernet

1800-MHz 8GB or

16 GB

1.8-GHz

1.73-GHz

1.8- GHz

1.8- Ghz

2 Ghz

2.3 Ghz

1.6 Ghz

4 GB

16 GB

32 GB

64 GB

Gigabit

Ethernet

Gigabit

Ethernet

Gigabit

Ethernet

Gigabit

Ethernet

Gigabit

Ethernet

Gigabit

Ethernet

Gigabit

Ethernet

Gigabit

Ethernet

Gigabit

Ethernet

Gigabit

Ethernet

Gigabit

Ethernet

32 GB

SSD

First Junos

Support

Switch

Control

Board Media

4 GB

CompactFlash card

10.4

SCB, SCBE,

SCBE2,

SCBE3

32 GB

SSD

–

64 GB

SSD

32 GB

SSD

32 GB

SSD

4 GB

CompactFlash card

10.4

8 GB NAND

Flash

13.2

SCB, SCBE,

SCBE2,

SCBE3

–

4 GB

CompactFlash card

12.1R2,

11.4R4, and

12.2R1

–

SCB, SCBE 4 GB Fixed

Internal

CompactFlash card

12.3R2

4 GB Fixed

Internal

CompactFlash card

•

12.3R4

13.2R1

SCB, SCBE,

SCBE2,

SCBE3

32 GB

SSD

Two

50-GB

SSDs

Two

100-GB

SSDs

4GB Fixed

Internal

CompactFlash card

•

12.3R4

13.2R1

15.1F4, 16.1

–

SCBE2,

SCBE3

15.1F5-S1,

16.1R2, and

16.2R1

17.2R1

–

– Two

100-GB

SSDs

Two

50-GB

SSDs

Two

50-GB

SSDs

–

15.1F7

17.3R1

–

Chapter 5: Host Subsystem Components and Descriptions

Table 16: Routing Engine Specifications (continued)

Routing Engine Processor

REMX2008-X8-64G-LT 2.1 Ghz

Memory

Connection to PFEs Disk

64 GB Gigabit

Ethernet

Media

Two

100-GB

SSDs

REMX2008-X8-128G 2.3 Ghz 128 GB Gigabit

Ethernet

RE-S-X6-128G

REMX2K-X8-128G

JNP10003-RE1

JNP10003-RE1-LT

JNP10K-RE0

JNP10K-RE1

JNP10K-RE1-LT

JNP10K-RE1-128

2.1 Ghz

1.6-GHz

2.5 GhZ

2.3 GhZ

128 GB

64 GB

32 GB

64 GB

128 GB

Gigabit

Ethernet

Gigabit

Ethernet

Gigabit

Ethernet

Gigabit

Ethernet

Gigabit

Ethernet

Gigabit

Ethernet

Gigabit

Ethernet

Gigabit

Ethernet

Two

200-GB

SSDs

Two

200-GB

SSDs

Two

200-GB

SSDs

Two 100

GB SSDs

Two 100

GB SSDs

Two 50

GB SSDs

Two 200

GB SSDs

Two 200

GB SSDs

Two 200

GB SSDs

First Junos

Support

17.2R1

18.2R1

18.1R1

SCBE2,

SCBE3

17.3R1

18.1R1

17.2R1

18.2R1

18.3R1

Switch

Control

Board

NOTE: Use shielded CAT5e cable for connecting the AUX , CONSOLE , and

MGMT ports in RE-S-X6-64G, REMX2K-X8-64G, and REMX2008-X8-64G

Routing Engines.

Table 17 on page 50

lists the hardware specifications of the Routing Engines with VMHost support.

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Table 17: Hardware Specifications of the RE-MX-X6, RE-MX-X8, RE-PTX-X8, RCBPTX, RE-QFX10002-60C, and

RE-PTX10002-60C Routing Engines

Model Number Supported on Device Specifications

RE-S-X6-64G MX240, MX480, and

MX960

REMX2K-X8-64G

RE-PTX-X8-64G

RCBPTX

RE-S-1600x8

RE-QFX10002-60C

RE-PTX10002-60C

RE-ACX-5448

RE-X10

MX2020 and MX2010

PTX5000

PTX3000

MX10003

MX204

QFX10002-60C

PTX10002-60C

ACX5448

MX10008

•

6-core Haswell CPU

Wellsburg PCH-based Routing Engine with 64-GB DRAM and two

64-GB solid-state drives (SSDs)

•

8-core Haswell CPU

Wellsburg PCH-based Routing Engine with 64-GB DRAM and two

64-GB SSDs

•

8-core Haswell CPU

Wellsburg PCH-based Routing Engine with 64-GB DRAM and two

64-GB SSDs

New Control Board CB2-PTX

•

Wellsburg PCH-based Routing Engine with 64-GB DRAM and two

64-GB SSDs

Multi-core Haswell CPU

RCB combines the functionality of a Routing Engine, Control Board, and

Centralized Clock Generator (CCG)

•

High-performance 1.6-GHz Intel 8 Core X86 CPU

64-GB DDR4 RAM

100-GB SATA SSD

•

High-performance 1.6-GHz Intel 8 Core X86 CPU

32-GB DDR4 RAM

100-GB SATA SSD

•

High-performance 1.6-GHz Intel 8 Core X86 CPU

32-GB DDR4 RAM

Two 50-GB SATA SSD

•

High-performance 1.6-GHz Intel 8 Core X86 CPU

32-GB DDR4 RAM

Two 50-GB SATA SSD

•

High-performance 1.6-GHz Intel 8 Core X86 CPU

32-GB two DIMM DRAM

Two 100-GB SATA SSD

•

High-performance 1.6-GHz Intel 10 Core X86 CPU

64-GB DDR4 RAM

Two 200-GB SATA SSD

Chapter 5: Host Subsystem Components and Descriptions

Table 18: End-of-Life Routing Engine Specifications

Routing

Engine Processor Memory

Connection to PFEs Disk

RE-333-256 333-MHz

Pentium II

256 MB Fast

Ethernet

RE-333-768 333-MHz

Pentium II

768 MB

RE-600-512 600-MHz

Pentium III

512 MB

RE-600-2048 600-MHz

Pentium III

2048 MB

RE-850-1536 850-MHz

Pentium III

1536 MB

Fast

Ethernet

Fast

Ethernet

Fast

Ethernet

Fast

Ethernet

Media

First Junos OS

Support

6.4 GB hard disk

80 MB

CompactFlash card

3.4

6.4 GB hard disk

80 MB

CompactFlash card

3.4

30 GB hard disk

256 MB

CompactFlash card

5.4

40 GB hard disk

1 GB

CompactFlash card

5.3

40 GB hard disk

1 GB

CompactFlash card

7.2

EOL Details

PSN-2003-01-063

PSN-2004-07-019

PSN-2008-02-018

PSN-2011-04-226

RE-M40 200-MHz

Pentium

256 MB

RE-M40-333-768 333-MHz

Pentium II

768 MB

RE-M40-600-2048 600-MHz

Pentium III

2048 MB

RE-1600-2048 1.6-GHz

Pentium M

2048 MB

Fast

Ethernet

Fast

Ethernet

Fast

Ethernet

Gigabit

Ethernet

6.4 GB hard disk

80 MB

CompactFlash card

3.2

10 GB hard disk

80 MB

CompactFlash card

4.2

30 GB hard disk

128 MB

CompactFlash card

5.4

40 GB hard disk

1 GB

CompactFlash card

6.2

FA-HW-0101-001

PSN-2003-01-063

PSN-2004-11-020

PSN-2008-02-019

NOTE: The memory in

Table 16 on page 46

indicates the amount of total memory. To determine the amount of available memory, issue the show chassis routing-engine CLI command.

On routers that accept two Routing Engines, you cannot mix Routing Engine types except for a brief period (one minute or so) during an upgrade or downgrade to two Routing

Engines of the same type.

Documentation

•

Supported Routing Engines by Router on page 52

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Supported Routing Engines by Router

The following tables list the Routing Engines that each router supports, the first supported release for the Routing Engine in the specified router, the management Ethernet interface, and the internal Ethernet interfaces for each Routing Engine.

•

M7i Routing Engines on page 52

•

M10i Routing Engines on page 53

•

M40e Routing Engines on page 53

•

M120 Routing Engines on page 54

•

M320 Routing Engines on page 54

•

MX5, MX10, MX40, and MX80 Routing Engine on page 55

•

MX104 Routing Engines on page 55

•

MX204 Routing Engine on page 55

•

MX240 Routing Engines on page 56

•

MX480 Routing Engines on page 57

•

MX960 Routing Engines on page 58

•

MX2008 Routing Engines on page 59

•

MX2010 Routing Engines on page 59

•

MX2020 Supported Routing Engines on page 60

•

MX10003 Routing Engines on page 61

•

MX10008 Routing Engines on page 61

•

PTX1000 Routing Engines on page 61

•

PTX3000 Routing Engines on page 62

•

PTX5000 Routing Engines on page 62

•

PTX10008 and PTX10016 Routing Engines on page 63

•

T320 Routing Engines on page 63

•

T640 Routing Engines on page 64

•

T1600 Routing Engines on page 65

•

T4000 Routing Engines on page 65

•

TX Matrix Routing Engines on page 66

•

TX Matrix Plus Routing Engines on page 67

•

TX Matrix Plus (with 3D SIBs) Routing Engines on page 67

M7i Routing Engines

Table 19 on page 53

lists the Routing Engines supported by the M7i router. The M7i router supports 32-bit Junos OS only.

Chapter 5: Host Subsystem Components and Descriptions

Table 19: M7i Routing Engines

Model Number

RE-400-768 (EOL details:

TSB16445 )

RE-850-1536 (EOL details:

TSB15553 )

RE-B-1800X1-4G

Name in CLI

Output

RE-5.0

RE-850

RE-B-1800x1

First Supported 32-bit

Junos OS Release

Management

Ethernet Interface

Internal Ethernet

Interface

9.0

fxp0 fxp1

7.2

fxp0 fxp1

11.4R4

12.1R2

fxp0 em0

M10i Routing Engines

Table 20 on page 53

lists the Routing Engines supported by the M10i router. The M10i router supports 32-bit Junos OS only.

Table 20: M10i Routing Engines

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported

32-bit Junos OS

Release

Management

Ethernet Interface

Internal Ethernet

Interface

RE-400-768 (EOL details:

TSB16445 )

RE-5.0

9.0

fxp0

RE-850-1536 (EOL details:

TSB15553 )

RE-850 7.2

fxp0 fxp1 fxp2 fxp1 fxp2

RE-B-1800X1-4G RE-B-1800x1 11.4R4

12.1R2

fxp0 em0

M40e Routing Engines

Table 21 on page 53

lists the Routing Engines supported by the M40e router.

Table 21: M40e Routing Engines

Model Number Name in CLI Output

First Supported

Junos OS Release

Management

Ethernet Interface

Internal Ethernet

Interface

RE-600-2048 (EOL details:

TSB14373 )

RE-3.0

or RE-3.0

(RE-600)

5.3

fxp0

RE-A-1000-2048 RE-A-1000 8.1

fxp0 fxp1 fxp2 fxp1 fxp2

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

M120 Routing Engines

Table 22 on page 54

lists the Routing Engines supported by the M120 router.

Table 22: M120 Routing Engines

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported

32-bit Junos OS

Release

First

Supported

64-bit Junos

OS Release

Management

Ethernet

Interface

Internal Ethernet

Interface

RE-A-1000-2048 RE-A-1000 8.0R2

– fxp0

RE-A-2000-4096

RE-A-1800X2-8G

RE-A-1800X2-16G

RE-A-1800X4-16G

RE-A-2000

RE-A-1800x2

RE-A-1800x4

8.0R2

•

11.4R5

12.1R3

•

11.4R5

12.1R3

•

11.4R5

12.1R3

–

10.4

fxp0 fxp0 fxp0 fxp0 fxp1 fxp2 em0 em1 fxp1 fxp2 em0 bcm0 fxp1 fxp2

M320 Routing Engines

Table 23 on page 54

lists the Routing Engines supported by the M320 router.

Table 23: M320 Routing Engines

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported

32-bit Junos OS

Release

First

Supported

64-bit Junos

OS Release

Management

Ethernet

Interface

Internal Ethernet

Interface

RE-1600-2048 (EOL details: TSB14374 )

RE-4.0

6.2

– fxp0 fxp1 fxp2

RE-A-2000-4096

RE-A-1800X2-8G

RE-A-2000

RE-A-1800x2

8.1

•

11.4R5

12.1R3

–

10.4

fxp0 fxp0 em0 bcm0 em0 bcm0

Chapter 5: Host Subsystem Components and Descriptions

Table 23: M320 Routing Engines (continued)

Model Number

RE-A-1800X2-16G

Name in CLI

Output

RE-A-1800x2

First Supported

32-bit Junos OS

Release

•

11.4R5

12.1R3

First

Supported

64-bit Junos

OS Release

10.4

Management

Ethernet

Interface

Internal Ethernet

Interface fxp0 fxp0 em0 bcm0 em0 em1

RE-A-1800X4-8G RE-A-1800X4 •

•

11.4R5

12.1R3

12.2

MX5, MX10, MX40, and MX80 Routing Engine

Table 24 on page 55

lists the Routing Engines supported by the MX5, MX10, MX40, and

MX80 routers.

Table 24: MX5, MX10, MX40, and MX80 Routing Engine

Model

Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported

32-bit Junos OS

Release

First Supported

64-bit Junos OS

Release

Management

Ethernet

Interface Internal Ethernet Interface

Built-in Routing

Engine

Routing Engine

RE-MX80

12.3

fxp0 em0 em1

NOTE: em1 is used to communicate with the

MS-MIC when it is inserted.

MX104 Routing Engines

Table 25 on page 55

lists the Routing Engines supported by MX104 routers.

Table 25: MX104 Routing Engines

Model

Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported

32-bit Junos OS

Release

First Supported

64-bit Junos OS

Release

Management

Ethernet

Interface

Internal Ethernet

Interface

RE-S-MX104 Routing Engine 13.2

– fxp0 fxp1 fxp2

MX204 Routing Engine

Table 26 on page 56

lists the Routing Engines supported by the MX204 router.

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Table 26: MX204 Routing Engine

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

Built-in Routing

Engine

RE-S-1600x8

First Supported

32-bit Junos OS

Release

First Supported

64-bit Junos OS

Release

17.4

Management

Ethernet

Interface fxp0

Internal Ethernet

Interface em2 em3 em4

MX240 Routing Engines

Table 27 on page 56

lists the Routing Engines supported by MX240 routers.

Table 27: MX240 Supported Routing Engines

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported

32-bit Junos OS

Release

First Supported

64-bit Junos OS

Release

Management

Ethernet

Interface

Internal Ethernet

Interface

9.0

– fxp0 fxp1 fxp2

RE-S-1300-2048

(EOL details:

TSB16556

RE-S-1300

RE-S-2000-4096

(EOL details:

TSB16735

RE-S-2000

RE-S-1800X2-8G

(EOL details:

TSB16556

RE-S-1800x2

RE-S-1800x2-16G

(EOL details:

TSB16556

RE-S-1800x2

RE-S-1800X4-8G RE-S-1800X4

9.0

•

11.4R5

12.1R3

•

11.4R5

12.1R3

•

11.4R5

12.1R3

–

10.4

fxp0 fxp0 fxp0 fxp0 fxp1 fxp2 em0 em1 em0 em1

RE-S-1800X4-16G RE-S-1800x4

RE-S-1800X4-32G-S RE-S-1800X4

•

11.4R5

12.1R3

•

12.3R4

13.2R1

10.4

•

12.3R4

13.2R1

fxp0 fxp0 em0 em1 em0 em1 em0, em1

RE-S-X6-64G RE-S-2X00x6 – 15.1F4

16.1R1

fxp0 ixlv0, igb0

Chapter 5: Host Subsystem Components and Descriptions

Table 27: MX240 Supported Routing Engines (continued)

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported

32-bit Junos OS

Release

First Supported

64-bit Junos OS

Release

Management

Ethernet

Interface

RE-S-X6-64G-LT RE-S-2X00x6 -LT – 17.2R1

fxp0

Internal Ethernet

Interface ixlv0, igb0 em0

RE-S-X6-128G RE-S-2X00x6-128 – 18.1R1

fxp0 ixlv0, igb0 em0

MX480 Routing Engines

Table 28 on page 57

lists the Routing Engines supported by MX480 routers.

Table 28: MX480 Supported Routing Engines

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported

32-bit Junos OS

Release

First Supported

64-bit Junos OS

Release

Management

Ethernet

Interface

Internal Ethernet

Interface

8.4

– fxp0 fxp1 fxp2

RE-S-1300-2048

(EOL details:

TSB16556

RE-S-1300

RE-S-2000-4096

(EOL details:

TSB16735

RE-S-2000

RE-S-1800X2-8G

(EOL details:

TSB16556

RE-S-1800x2

RE-S-1800X2-16G

(EOL details:

TSB16556

RE-S-1800x2

RE-S-1800X4-8G RE-S-1800X4

8.4

•

11.4R5

12.1R3

•

11.4R5

12.1R3

•

11.4R5

12.1R3

–

10.4

fxp0 fxp0 fxp0 fxp0 fxp1 fxp2 em0 em1 em0 em1

RE-S-1800X4-16G RE-S-1800x4

RE-S-1800X4-32G-S RE-S-1800X4

•

11.4R5

12.1R3

•

12.3R4

13.2R1

10.4

•

12.3R4

13.2R1

fxp0 fxp0 em0 em1 em0 em1 em0 em1

RE-S-X6-64G RE-S-2X00x6 – 15.1F4

16.1R1

fxp0 ixlv0, igb0

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Table 28: MX480 Supported Routing Engines (continued)

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported

32-bit Junos OS

Release

First Supported

64-bit Junos OS

Release

Management

Ethernet

Interface

RE-S-X6-64G-LT RE-S-2X00x6 -LT – 17.2R1

fxp0

RE-S-X6-128G RE-S-2X00x6-128 – 18.1R1

fxp0

Internal Ethernet

Interface ixlv0, igb0 em0 ixlv0, igb0 em0

MX960 Routing Engines

Table 29 on page 58

lists the Routing Engines supported by MX960 routers.

Table 29: MX960 Supported Routing Engines

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported

32-bit Junos

OS Release

First

Supported

64-bit Junos

OS Release

Management

Ethernet

Interface

Internal

Ethernet

Interface

RE-S-1300-2048 (EOL details: TSB16556

RE-S-1300 8.2

– fxp0

RE-S-2000-4096 (EOL details: TSB16735

RE-S-1800X2-8G (EOL details: TSB16556

RE-S-1800X2-16G (EOL details: TSB16556

RE-S-2000

RE-S-1800x2

8.2

•

11.4R5

12.1R3

•

11.4R5

12.1R3

–

10.4

fxp0 fxp0 fxp0 em0 em1 em0 em1 fxp1 fxp2 fxp1 fxp2

RE-S-1800X4-8G RE-S-1800x4 •

•

11.4R5

12.1R3

10.4

fxp0

RE-S-1800X4-16G

RE-S-1800X4-32G-S

RE-S-1800x4

•

11.4R5

12.1R3

•

12.3R4

13.2R1

10.4

•

12.3R4

13.2R1

fxp0 fxp0 em0 em1 em0 em1 em0 em1

RE-S-X6-64G RE-S-2X00x6 – 15.1F4

16.1R1

fxp0 ixlv0, igb0

Chapter 5: Host Subsystem Components and Descriptions

Table 29: MX960 Supported Routing Engines (continued)

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported

32-bit Junos

OS Release

First

Supported

64-bit Junos

OS Release

Management

Ethernet

Interface

Internal

Ethernet

Interface

RE-S-2X00x6 – 17.2R1

fxp0 ixlv0, igb0 RE-S-X6-64G (For

MX960-VC)

RE-S-X6-64G-LT RE-S-2X00x6 -LT – 17.2R1

fxp0

RE-S-X6-128G RE-S-2X00x6-128 – 18.1R1

fxp0 ixlv0, igb0 em0 ixlv0, igb0 em0

MX2008 Routing Engines

Table 30 on page 59

lists the Routing Engines supported by MX2008 routers.

Table 30: MX2008 Supported Routing Engines

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported 64-bit Junos

OS Release

Management

Ethernet

Interface

Internal

Ethernet

Interface

REMX2008-X8-64G RE-MX2008-X8-64G 15.1F7

fxp0 ixlv0 ixlv1

REMX2008-X8-64G-LT

REMX2008-X8-128G

REMX2008-X8-64G-LT 17.2R1

RE-MX2008-X8-128G 18.2R1

fxp0 fxp0 ixlv0 ixlv1 ixlv0 ixlv1

MX2010 Routing Engines

Table 31 on page 59

lists the Routing Engines supported by MX2010 routers.

Table 31: MX2010 Supported Routing Engines

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported 64-bit Junos

OS Release

Management

Ethernet

Interface

Internal Ethernet

Interface

RE-MX2000-1800X4 RE-S-1800x4 12.3R2

fxp0 em0 em1

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Table 31: MX2010 Supported Routing Engines (continued)

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported 64-bit Junos

OS Release

Management

Ethernet

Interface

REMX2K-1800-32G-S RE-S-1800x4 •

•

12.3R4

13.2R1

fxp0

REMX2K-X8-64G

REMX2K-X8-64G-LT

REMX2K-X8-128G

RE-S-2X00x8

•

15.1F5-S1

16.1R2

16.2R1

17.2R1

RE-MX200X8-128G 18.1R1

fxp0 fxp0 fxp0

Internal Ethernet

Interface ixlv0 ixlv1 em0 ixlv0 ixlv1 em0 em1 ixlv0 ixlv1 em0

MX2020 Supported Routing Engines

Table 32 on page 60

lists the Routing Engines supported by MX2020 routers.

Table 32: MX2020 Supported Routing Engines

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported 64-bit Junos

OS Release

Management

Ethernet

Interface

Internal

Ethernet

Interface

RE-MX2000-1800X4 RE-S-1800x4 12.3R2

fxp0

REMX2K-1800-32G-S

REMX2K-X8-64G

REMX2K-X8-64G-LT

RE-S-1800x4

RE-S-2X00x8

•

12.3R4

13.2R1

•

15.1F5-S1

16.1R2

16.2R1

17.2R1

fxp0 fxp0 fxp0 ixlv0 ixlv1 em0 ixlv0 ixlv1 em0 em0 em1 em0 em1

Chapter 5: Host Subsystem Components and Descriptions

Table 32: MX2020 Supported Routing Engines (continued)

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported 64-bit Junos

OS Release

Management

Ethernet

Interface

REMX2K-X8-128G RE-MX200X8-128G 18.1R1

fxp0

Internal

Ethernet

Interface ixlv0 ixlv1 em0

MX10003 Routing Engines

Table 33 on page 61

lists the Routing Engines supported by MX10003 routers.

Table 33: MX10003 Supported Routing Engines

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported 64-bit Junos

OS Release

Management

Ethernet

Interface

Internal

Ethernet

Interface

JNP10003-RE1 RE-S-1600x8 17.3R1

fxp0 em3 em4

JNP10003-RE1-LT RE-S-1600x8 18.1R1

fxp0 em3 em4

MX10008 Routing Engines

Table 34 on page 61

lists the Routing Engines supported on the MX10008 router.

Table 34: MX10008 Routing Engines

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported

Junos OS Release

Management Ethernet

Interface

Internal Ethernet

Interface

JNP10K-RE1 RE X10 18.2R1

em0 bme0 bme1

PTX1000 Routing Engines

Table 35 on page 62

lists the Routing Engine supported on the PTX1000.

NOTE: The PTX1000 supports 64-bit Junos OS only.

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Table 35: PTX1000 Routing Engines

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

Built-in Routing

Engine

RE-PTX1000

First Supported Junos OS

Release

Management

Ethernet Interface

•

16.1X65-D30

17.2R1

em0

Internal Ethernet

Interface bme0 em1

PTX3000 Routing Engines

Table 36 on page 62

lists the Routing Engines supported on the PTX3000.

NOTE: The PTX3000 supports 64-bit Junos OS only.

Table 36: PTX3000 Routing Engines

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

RE-DUO-C2600-16G RE-DUO-2600

RCB-PTX-X6-32G RE-PTX-2X00x6

First Supported Junos OS

Release

13.2R2

Management

Ethernet Interface

Internal Ethernet

Interface em0

16.1R4

17.1R1

This Routing Engine does not support Junos OS Release 16.2.

em0 ixgbe0 ixgbe1 ixlv0 ixlv1

PTX5000 Routing Engines

Table 37 on page 63

lists the Routing Engines supported on the PTX5000.

NOTE:

• PTX5000 supports 64-bit Junos OS only.

• The PTX5000 router supports two midplanes. The midplane identified as

Midplane-8S in the CLI output is supported in Junos OS releases, 12.1X48,

12.3, and 13.2. The enhanced midplane, identified as Midplane-8SeP is supported from Junos OS release 14.1 onwards.

The RE-DUO-2600 routing engine with Junos OS 13.2 or earlier is not supported on the PTX5000BASE2 midplane.

Chapter 5: Host Subsystem Components and Descriptions

Table 37: PTX5000 Routing Engines

Model Number Name in CLI Output

RE-DUO-C2600-16G RE-DUO-2600

First Supported Junos OS

Release

RE-PTX-X8-64G RE-PTX-2X00x8

Management

Ethernet

Interface

12.1X48

12.3

13.2

NOTE: The PTX5000 does not support Junos OS Releases 12.1,

12.2, or 13.1.

em0

15.1F4

16.1R1

em0

RE-PTX-X8-128G RE-PTX-2X00x8-128G 18.1R1

em0 ixlv0 ixlv1 em1 ixlv0 ixlv1 em1

Internal Ethernet

Interface ixgbe0 ixgbe1

PTX10008 and PTX10016 Routing Engines

Table 38 on page 63

lists the Routing Engines supported on the PTX10008 and PTX10016 routers.

Table 38: PTX10008 and PTX10016 Routing Engines

Model Number Name in CLI Output

First Supported

Junos OS Release

Management

Ethernet Interface

Internal Ethernet

Interface

JNP10K-RE0 RE-PTX-2X00x4 17.2R1

em0, em1

JNP10K-RE1 (on

PTX10008)

RE X10 18.2R1

em0 bme0 bme1 bme0 bme1

T320 Routing Engines

Table 39 on page 64

lists the Routing Engines supported by the T320 router.

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Table 39: T320 Routing Engines

Model Number Name in CLI Output

First Supported

32-bit Junos OS

Release

RE-600-2048 (EOL details:

TSB14373 )

RE-3.0

or RE-3.0

(RE-600)

5.3

RE-1600-2048 (EOL details:

TSB14374

RE-4.0

RE-A-2000-4096 RE-A-2000

6.2

8.1

Management

Ethernet Interface

Internal Ethernet

Interface fxp0 fxp0 fxp0 fxp1 fxp2 fxp1 fxp2 fxp1 fxp2

The T320 router supports the CB-T control board.

T640 Routing Engines

Table 40 on page 64

lists the Routing Engines supported by the T640 router.

Table 40: T640 Routing Engines

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported 32-bit

Junos OS Release

First Supported 64-bit

Junos OS Release

Management

Ethernet

Interface

Internal

Ethernet

Interface

RE-600-2048 (EOL details: TSB14373 )

RE-3.0

(RE-600)

RE-1600-2048 (EOL details: TSB14374

RE-4.0

5.3

6.2

–

– fxp0 fxp0 fxp1 fxp2 fxp1 fxp2

RE-A-2000-4096 RE-A-2000 8.1

– fxp0 em0 bcm0 bcm0 em1

RE-DUO-C1800-8G RE-DUO-1800 32-bit Junos OS on a standalone T640 router:

11.2

32-bit Junos OS on a

T640 router in a routing matrix: 11.4R9

64-bit Junos OS on a standalone T640 router:

11.3

em0

64-bit Junos OS on a

T640 router in a routing matrix: 11.4R9

RE-DUO-C1800-16G RE-DUO-1800 32-bit Junos OS on a standalone T640 router:

11.4R2

64-bit Junos OS on a standalone T640 router:

11.4R2

em0

32-bit Junos OS on a

T640 router in a routing matrix: 11.4R9

64-bit Junos OS on a

T640 router in a routing matrix: 11.4R9

bcm0 em1

Chapter 5: Host Subsystem Components and Descriptions

The T640 standalone router supports CB-T control board and CB-LCC in a T640 routing matrix.

T1600 Routing Engines

Table 41 on page 65

lists the Routing Engines supported by the T1600 router.

NOTE: (Two RE-DUO-C1800-8G or two RE-DUO-C1800-16G are required to connect to a Routing Matrix)

Table 41: T1600 Routing Engines

Model Number

RE-A-2000-4096

Name in CLI

Output

RE-600-2048 (EOL details: TSB14373 )

RE-3.0

(RE-600)

RE-1600-2048 (EOL details: TSB14374

RE-4.0

(RE-1600)

RE-A-2000

First Supported 32-bit

Junos OS Release

8.5

First Supported

64-bit Junos OS

Release

–

RE-DUO-C1800-8G RE-TXP-LCC or

RE-DUO-1800

32-bit Junos OS on a T1600 router in a routing matrix: 9.6

NOTE: Junos OS Releases

9.6 through 10.4 support

RE-DUO-C1800-8G only during upgrade to a line-card chassis (LCC) in a routing matrix.

64-bit Junos OS on a

T1600 router in a routing matrix: 9.6

64-bit Junos OS on a standalone T1600 router: 11.1

32-bit Junos OS on a standalone T1600 router: 11.1

em0

RE-DUO-C1800-16G RE-DUO-1800 32-bit Junos OS on a standalone T1600 router:

11.4R2

32-bit Junos OS on a T1600 router in a routing matrix:

11.4R2

64-bit Junos OS on a standalone T1600 router: 11.4R2

64-bit Junos OS on a

T1600 router in a routing matrix: 11.4R2

em0

Management

Ethernet

Interface

Internal

Ethernet

Interface fxp0 fxp1 fxp2 fxp0 fxp0 fxp1 fxp2 em0 bcm0 bcm0 em1 bcm0 em1

T4000 Routing Engines

Table 42 on page 66

lists the Routing Engines supported by the T4000 router.

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

NOTE: The T4000 router supports 64-bit Junos OS only.

Table 42: T4000 Routing Engines

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

RE-DUO-C1800-8G RE-DUO-1800

RE-DUO-C1800-16G RE-DUO-1800

First Supported 64-bit Junos OS

Release

Management

Ethernet

Interface

Standalone T4000 router: 12.1

T4000 router in a routing matrix: 13.1

em0

Standalone T4000 router: 12.1R2

T4000 router in a routing matrix: 13.1

em0

Internal Ethernet

Interface bcm0 em1 bcm0 em1

The T4000 router supports the CB-LCC control board.

TX Matrix Routing Engines

Table 43 on page 66

lists the Routing Engines supported by the TX Matrix router.

Table 43: TX Matrix Routing Engines

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

First

Supported

32-bit Junos

OS Release

First

Supported

64-bit Junos

OS Release

Management

Ethernet

Interface

Internal

Ethernet

Interface

RE-600-2048 (EOL details: TSB14373 )

RE-3.0

or RE-3.0

(RE-600)

7.0

– fxp0

RE-1600-2048 (EOL details: TSB14374

RE-A-2000-4096

RE-DUO-C1800-8G

RE-DUO-C1800-16G

RE-4.0 (RE-1600)

RE-A-2000

RE-DUO-1800

7.0

8.5

11.4R9

–

11.4R9

fxp0 fxp0 em0 em0 fxp1 fxp2 fxp1 fxp2 em0 bcm0 bcm0 em1 bcm0 em1

The TXP router supports two control boards, CB-TX and CB-LCC. The CB-LCC is required for both RE-DUO-C1800-8G and RE-DUO-C1800-16G Routing Engines.

Chapter 5: Host Subsystem Components and Descriptions

TX Matrix Plus Routing Engines

Table 44 on page 67

lists the Routing Engines supported by the TX Matrix Plus router.

Table 44: TX Matrix Plus Routing Engines

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported

32-bit Junos OS

Release

First Supported

64-bit Junos OS

Release

Management

Ethernet

Interface

Internal

Ethernet

Interface

RE-DUO-C2600-16G RE-TXP-SFC or

RE-DUO-2600

32-bit Junos OS: 9.6

64-bit Junos OS: 11.4

em0 ixgbe0 ixgbe1

The TX Matrix Plus router supports the CB-TXP control board.

TX Matrix Plus (with 3D SIBs) Routing Engines

Table 45 on page 67

lists the Routing Engines supported by the TX Matrix Plus router with 3D SIBs.

Table 45: Routing Engines on TX Matrix Plus with 3D SIBs

Model Number

Name in CLI

Output

First Supported

32-bit Junos OS

Release

First Supported

64-bit Junos OS

Release

Management

Ethernet

Interface

Internal

Ethernet

Interface

RE-DUO-C2600-16G RE-TXP-SFC or

RE-DUO-2600

64-bit Junos OS: 11.4

em0 ixgbe0 ixgbe1

Documentation

• Understanding Internal Ethernet Interfaces

• Understanding Management Ethernet Interfaces

T640 LCC-CB Description

Each LCC-CB consists of the following components:

• 100-MB Ethernet switch for intermodule communication.

• PCI bus to the Routing Engines.

• Switch processor mezzanine board (SPMB).

Figure 23 on page 67

shows the LCC-CB.

Figure 23: LCC-CB

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

The following components are located on the LCC-CB faceplate:

• Three LEDs labeled MASTER , FAIL , and OK indicate its status.

• The online/offline button.

• Two configuration switches— M/S and CHASSIS ID —that must be set to S and 0 for standalone T640 routers.

• RJ-45 ports labeled SFC0 through SFC5 , which are not currently supported on the

T640 router. Two LEDs for each port—labeled LINK and ACT — are also not supported.

• One JCS port, which is not supported on the T640 router. The LINK LED indicates the status of the port.

Documentation

•

•

• T640 Control Boards Description

•

T640 LCC-CB LEDs

Status LEDs and port LEDs are located on the faceplate of the LCC-CB (see

Figure 24 on page 68

Figure 24: LCC-CB LEDs

Link

LED

Activity

LED

The LEDs located in the middle of the LCC-CB indicate its status.

Table 46 on page 68

describes the functions of the LCC-CB LEDs.

Table 46: LCC-CB LEDs

Label Color State Description

MASTER Blue

–

On steadily LCC-CB is functioning as the master.

Off LCC-CB is functioning as the backup.

Chapter 5: Host Subsystem Components and Descriptions

Table 46: LCC-CB LEDs (continued)

Label Color State

FAIL

Yellow

–

Green

Description

On steadily LCC-CB has failed.

Off No faults have been detected on the LCC-CB.

On steadily LCC-CB is online and is functioning normally.

Blinking LCC-CB is powering up, but not online.

– Off LCC-CB is offline.

The LEDs located next to each port indicate its status. The ports and the port LEDs are not currently supported for the T640 router.

Documentation

•

•

T640 LCC-CB Description on page 67

• T640 Control Boards Description

•

•

Troubleshooting the T640 Host Subsystem on page 494

•

T640 Standard Control Boards Description

Figure 25 on page 69

shows the standard control board.

Figure 25: T640 Standard Control Board

Documentation

•

•

•

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

•

T640 Standard Control Boards LEDs

Three LEDs, located on the standard control board faceplate, indicate the status of the control board..

Table 47 on page 70

describes the functions of the standard control board

LEDs.

Table 47: Standard Control Board LEDs

Label Color State Description

MASTER

FAIL

Blue

Yellow

Green

On steadily Control board is functioning as the master.

On steadily Control board has failed.

On steadily Control board is online and is functioning normally.

Blinking Control board is powering up, but not online.

Documentation

•

Replacing a T640 Standard Control Board or T-CB on page 325

•

•

“Taking the T640 Host Subsystem Offline” on page 319 .

T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs) Description

Each T-CB consists of the following components:

• 100-MB Ethernet switch for intermodule communication.

• PCI bus to the Routing Engines.

• Processor subsystem (SPMB).

Figure 26 on page 71

shows the T-CB.

Figure 26: T-CB

Chapter 5: Host Subsystem Components and Descriptions

The following components are located on the T-CB faceplate:

• The MASTER , FAIL , and OK LEDs, which indicate the status of the T-CB.

• Online/offline button.

NOTE: When the adjacent Routing Engine is online, the online/offline button on the T-CB faceplate is nonfunctional. For more information, see

• Two RJ-45 ports labeled AUX and CIP on the T-CB faceplate.

For T640 routers connected to a TX Matrix platform, only the CIP port is used. For more information, see the TX Matrix Router Hardware Guide .

• The M/S and CHASSIS ID configuration switches.

• For a standalone T640 router, the M/S and CHASSIS ID configuration switches must always be set to S and 0 .

• For T640 routers connected to a TX Matrix platform, the M/S and CHASSIS ID configuration switches must always be set to M and the chassis identifier (ID) of the router. In this case, both T-CBs must have the same chassis ID. For more information, see the TX Matrix Router Hardware Guide .

Documentation

•

•

T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs) LEDs on page 72

• T640 Control Boards Description

•

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs) LEDs

Three LEDs, located on the T-CB faceplate, indicate the status of the T-CB.

Table 48 on page 72

describes the functions of the T-CB LEDs.

Table 48: T-CB LEDs

Label Color State Description

MASTER

FAIL

Blue

Yellow

Green

On steadily T-CB is functioning as the master.

On steadily T-CB has failed.

On steadily T-CB is online and is functioning normally.

Blinking T-CB is powering up, but not online.

Documentation

•

T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs) Description on page 70

• T640 Control Boards Description

•

•

Troubleshooting the T640 Host Subsystem on page 494

•

CHAPTER 6

Line Card Components and Description

•

•

•

T640 PICs Supported on page 86

•

•

T640 End-of-Life PICs Supported on page 93

•

T640 PIC/FPC Compatibility on page 95

T640 FPC Description

Up to eight Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs) install vertically in the front of the T640

Core Router (see

Figure 27 on page 74 ). The FPC slots are numbered left to right from

FPC0 to FPC7 . An FPC can be installed into any FPC slot on the router, regardless of which

PICs it contains.

If a slot is not occupied by an FPC, an FPC blank panel must be installed to shield the empty slot and to allow cooling air to circulate properly through the router.

Each FPC contains one or two Packet Forwarding Engines. The Packet Forwarding Engines receive incoming packets from the PICs installed on the FPC and forward them through the switch planes to the appropriate destination port. Each FPC contains data memory that is managed by the Queuing and Memory Interface ASICs.

FPCs are hot-removable and hot-insertable, as described in

“T640 Field-Replaceable

Units” on page 269 . When you install an FPC into a functioning router, the Routing Engine

downloads the FPC software, the FPC runs its diagnostics, and the PICs housed on the

FPC are enabled. Forwarding continues uninterrupted during this process. For FPC replacement instructions, see

“Replacing a T640 FPC” on page 345

Each FPC consists of the following components:

• FPC card carrier.

• One or two Packet Forwarding Engines, consisting of Layer 2/Layer 3 Packet Processing

ASICs, Switch Interface ASICs, T-series Internet Processor ASICs, and a Memory

Mezzanine Board (MMB) which includes the Queuing and Memory Interface ASICs.

Each Type 1, Type 2, and Type 4 FPC has one Packet Forwarding Engine, and each Type

3 FPC has two Packet Forwarding Engines.

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

• Processor Mezzanine Board (PMB), which includes a 300-MHz CPU, system controller,

256 MB of SDRAM, and two Fast Ethernet interfaces.

• Two LEDs, located on the craft interface above the FPC, that display the status of the

FPC. For more information about the FPC LEDs, see

“T640 Craft Interface FPC LEDs and Online/Offline Buttons” on page 24

• FPC online/offline button, located on the craft interface above the FPC.

Figure 27: FPC Installed in a T640 Chassis

FPC Terminology

Regardless of whether you are holding an FPC vertically or horizontally, this document uses the same terms for all four edges of the FPC (see

Figure 28 on page 75

• Faceplate—Edge of the FPC that has slots into which you insert the PICs

• Connector edge—Edge opposite the faceplate; this edge has the connectors that attach to the midplane

Chapter 6: Line Card Components and Description

• Top edge—Edge at the top of the FPC when it is vertical

• Bottom edge—Edge at the bottom of the FPC when it is vertical

Figure 28: FPC Edges

Identifying T640 FPCs

Check the label on the faceplate to identify the FPC. For FPCs without a label on the faceplate, check the location of a PIC's offline button and how the PIC is secured to the

FPC. See

Table 49 on page 75 .

Table 49: Identifying the FPCs Supported by the T640 Router

FPC

Label on the FPC

Faceplate Location of PIC Offline Button

Method of Securing the

PIC to the FPC

Enhanced FPC1 E FPC1

Enhanced II FPC1

Enhanced Scaling FPC1 T640-FPC1-ES

FPC2

Enhanced FPC2

Enhanced II FPC2

E-II FPC1

None

E FPC2

E-II FPC2

Slightly beneath the faceplate of the

PIC

Two captive screws

Slightly beneath the faceplate of the

PIC

Two captive screws

Slightly beneath the faceplate of the

PIC

Two captive screws

Two captive screws Inside an opening directly on the faceplate of each PIC

Inside an opening directly on the faceplate of each PIC

Two captive screws

Inside an opening directly on the faceplate of each PIC

Two captive screws

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Table 49: Identifying the FPCs Supported by the T640 Router (continued)

FPC

Label on the FPC

Faceplate Location of PIC Offline Button

Enhanced Scaling FPC2 T640-FPC2-ES

FPC3 None

Inside an opening directly on the faceplate of each PIC

Enhanced FPC3 E FPC3

Enhanced II FPC3 E-11 FPC3

Enhanced Scaling FPC3 T640-FPC3-ES

T640

Enhanced Scaling

FPC4

T640

Enhanced Scaling

FPC4-1P

FPC4

T640-FPC4–1P-ES

Inside an opening directly on the faceplate of each PIC

Method of Securing the

PIC to the FPC

Two captive screws

Plastic ejector handle at the top of the PIC faceplate; captive screw at the bottom of the PIC faceplate

Two plastic ejector handles at the top and bottom of the PIC faceplate

Chapter 6: Line Card Components and Description

The T640 router supports the Enhanced Scaling FPC1, as shown in

Figure 29 on page 77 .

Figure 29: Enhanced Scaling FPC1 Supported by the T640 Router

The T640 router supports the standard FPC2 and FPC3, as shown in

Figure 30 on page 78 .

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 30: Standard FPC2 and FPC3 Supported by the T640 Router

FPC2

FPC3

Chapter 6: Line Card Components and Description

The T640 router supports the Enhanced II FPC1, FPC2 and FPC3, as shown in

Figure 31 on page 79 .

Figure 31: Enhanced II FPC1, FPC2, and FPC3 Supported by the T640 Router

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

The T640 router supports the Enhanced Scaling FPC2, as shown in

Figure 32 on page 80 .

Figure 32: Enhanced Scaling FPC2 Supported by the T640 Router

The T640 router supports the Enhanced Scaling FPC3, as shown in

Figure 33 on page 81 .

Chapter 6: Line Card Components and Description

Figure 33: Enhanced Scaling FPC3 Supported by the T640 Router

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

The T640 router supports the Enhanced Scaling FPC4, as shown in

Figure 34 on page 82 .

Figure 34: Enhanced Scaling FPC4 Supported by the T640 Router

Chapter 6: Line Card Components and Description

The T640 router supports the T640 Enhanced Scaling FPC4-1P, as shown in

Figure 35 on page 83

Figure 35: T640 Enhanced Scaling FPC4-1P Supported by the T640 Router

Documentation

•

•

Maintaining T640 FPCs on page 470

•

•

T640 FPCs Supported

Table 50 on page 84

lists the FPCs for the T640 routers. You can install any combination of the FPCs currently supported. First Junos OS Release Supported indicates the first release that the FPC is supported in the T1600 router.

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

NOTE: End of life (EOL) indicates that the product has been removed from the price list and is no longer available for purchase. End of support (EOS) indicates that no new support contracts are available on these products and the last contract will expire on the EOS date associated with each product.

For more information about EOS or EOL products, see the product support notification (PSN) hardware end-of-life announcements.

Table 50: FPCs Supported by the T640 Router

FPC Type

Maximum

Number of PICs

Maximum

Throughput per

FPC

First Junos OS

Release

4 4 Gbps 6.3

FPC Name

FPC Model

Number

Enhanced FPC1

EOL

PSN-2007-12-035

T640-FPC1-E

Enhanced II FPC1

EOL

PSN-2010-08-920

T640-FPC1-E2

Enhanced Scaling

FPC1

T640-FPC1-ES

FPC2 T640-FPC2

Enhanced FPC2

EOL

PSN-2007-12-035

T640-FPC2-E

Enhanced II FPC2

EOL

PSN-2010-08-920

T640-FPC2-E2

Enhanced Scaling

FPC2

T640-FPC2-ES

4 Gbps

16 Gbps

7.4

9.4

5.3

6.3

7.4

9.5

Chapter 6: Line Card Components and Description

Table 50: FPCs Supported by the T640 Router (continued)

FPC Type FPC Name

FPC Model

Number

Maximum

Number of PICs

Maximum

Throughput per

FPC

First Junos OS

Release

3 FPC3 T640-FPC3 4 40 Gbps 5.3

Enhanced FPC3

EOL

PSN-2007-12-035

T640-FPC3-E

Enhanced II FPC3

EOL

PSN-2010-08-920

T640-FPC3-E2

Enhanced Scaling

FPC3

T640-FPC3-ES

Enhanced Scaling

FPC4

EOL

PSN-2010-07-878

T640-FPC4-ES

Enhanced Scaling

FPC4-1P

T640-FPC4-1P-ES 1

40 Gbps

50 Gbps

6.3

7.4

9.0

7.5

9.5

Documentation

•

T640 PIC Description

PICs provide the physical connection to various network media types, receiving incoming packets from the network and transmitting outgoing packets to the network. During this process, each PIC performs framing and line-speed signaling for its media type. Before transmitting outgoing data packets, the PICs encapsulate the packets received from the

FPCs. Each PIC is equipped with an ASIC that performs control functions specific to the media type of that PIC.

PICs are hot-removable and hot-insertable. You can install up to four PICs in the slots of each Type 1, 2, and 3 FPC, and one PIC in a Type 4 FPC. Type 1 and Type 2 PICs have captive screws at their upper and lower corners. Type 3 PICs have an upper ejector handle and a lower captive screw. Type 4 PICs have an upper ejector handle and a lower ejector handle.

The router supports various PICs, including ATM, Channelized, Gigabit Ethernet, IP Services, and SONET/SDH interfaces. Blank PICs resemble other PICs but do not provide any

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide physical connection or activity. When a slot is not occupied by a PIC, you must insert a blank PIC to fill the empty slot and ensure proper cooling of the system.

Documentation

•

T640 PICs Supported on page 86

•

•

T640 End-of-Life PICs Supported on page 93

T640 PICs Supported

Table 51 on page 86

lists the PICs supported by the T640 router. The PICs are listed alphabetically by PIC family.

NOTE: The T640 router is now end-of-life. See the JTAC support bulletin

TSB16819 for additional information about the PICs and other associated

FRUs that moved to end-of-life with the router. The

“T640 End-of-Life PICs

Supported” on page 93

topic lists PICs that moved to end-of-life before the

T640 router itself moved to end-of-life.

Table 51: PICs Supported in the T640 Router

Ports Model Number Connector

First Junos OS

Release

Support PIC Family and Type

ATM2 IQ

ATM2 E3 IQ PIC (T640 Router) 4 PB-2E3-ATM2

PB-2OC3-ATM2-MM

PB-2OC3-ATM2-SMIR

Coaxial:

•

10 ft (3.05 m) posilock

SMB to BNC cable

(provided)

Four pairs of Rx and Tx coaxial cables

• Optical: SC/PC

7.4

7.6

ATM2 OC3/STM1 IQ PIC (T640

Router)

ATM2 OC12/STM4 IQ PICs (T640 Router)

• ATM2 OC12/STM4 IQ PIC 2 • Optical: SC/PC 5.5

• ATM2 OC12/STM4 IQ PIC 1

ATM2 OC48/STM16 IQ PIC with SFP

(T640 Router)

PB-2OC12-ATM2-MM

PB-2OC12-ATM2-SMIR

PB-1OC12-ATM2-MM

PB-1OC12-ATM2-SMIR

PB-1OC48-ATM2-SFP

• Optical: SC/PC

• Optical: LC/PC

8.0

7.3

Chapter 6: Line Card Components and Description

Table 51: PICs Supported in the T640 Router (continued)

Ports Model Number

First Junos OS

Release

Support PIC Family and Type

Channelized IQ

Channelized DS3 IQ PIC (T640

Router)

Connector

E3 IQ PIC (T640 Router)

PB-4CHDS3-QPP

PB-4E3-QPP

Coaxial

• Standard DS3 BNC coaxial cable interfaces

8.0

• Optical: SC/PC 7.6

Channelized OC3 IQ PIC (T640

Router)

Channelized STM1 IQ PIC (T640

Router)

PB-1CHOC3-SMIR-QPP

PB-1CHSTM1-SMIR-QPP

PB-4DS3-E3-IQC-BNC

• Optical: SC/PC 7.5

Channelized Enhanced IQ (IQE)

Channelized DS3/E3 Enhanced IQ

(IQE) PIC (T640 Router)

Channelized E1/T1 Enhanced IQ (IQE)

PIC (T640 Router)

PB-4CHDS3-E3-IQE-BNC Coaxial

• Standard DS3 BNC coaxial cable interfaces

9.3

9.5

PB-10CHE1-T1-IQE-RJ48

• 120-ohm RJ-48C connector (female)

PB-2CHOC3-STM1-IQE-SFP • Optical: LC/PC 9.3

Channelized OC3/STM1 Enhanced IQ

(IQE) PIC with SFP (T640 Router)

Channelized OC12/STM4 Enhanced IQ (IQE) PICs with SFP (T640 Router)

PB-1CHOC12-STM4-IQE-SFP • Optical: LC/PC • Channelized OC12/STM4

Enhanced IQ (IQE) PIC with SFP

• Channelized OC12/STM4

Enhanced IQ (IQE) PIC with SFP

• Channelized OC12/STM4

Enhanced IQ (IQE) PIC with SFP

Channelized OC48/STM16 Enhanced

IQ (IQE) PIC with SFP (T640 Router)

PB-4CHOC12-STM4-IQE-SFP

PC-4CHOC12-STM4-IQE-SFP

PB-1CHOC48-STM16-IQE-SFP

•

Optical: LC/PC

9.3

9.4

10.0R2

9.4

DS3/E3 IQ

DS3/E3 Enhanced IQ (IQE) PIC (T640

Router)

4 Coaxial

• Standard DS3 BNC coaxial cable interfaces

9.3R2

Coaxial

• Standard DS3 BNC coaxial cable interfaces

6.3 (7.3 TX

Matrix router)

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Table 51: PICs Supported in the T640 Router (continued)

PIC Family and Type Ports

Fast Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet

Fast Ethernet PIC (T640 Router) 4

Model Number

PB-4FE-TX

Gigabit Ethernet PICs with SFP (T640 Router)

• Gigabit Ethernet PIC with SFP 1 PB-1GE-SFP

• Gigabit Ethernet PIC with SFP 2 PB-2GE-SFP

• Gigabit Ethernet PIC with SFP 4 PB-4GE-SFP

• Gigabit Ethernet PIC with SFP 10 PC-10GE-SFP

Connector

First Junos OS

Release

Support

•

RJ-45

Two-pair, Category 5 unshielded twisted-pair

Pinout: MDI noncrossover

6.3

•

Optical: LC/PC

Copper: RJ-45

•

Four-pair, Category 5 shielded twisted-pair connectivity

Pinout: MDI crossover

8.0

•

Optical: LC/PC

Copper: RJ-45

•

Four-pair, Category 5 shielded twisted-pair connectivity

Pinout: MDI crossover

6.4

•

Optical: LC/PC

Copper: RJ-45

• Four-pair, Category 5 shielded twisted-pair connectivity

• Pinout: MDI crossover

7.0

•

Optical: LC/PC

Copper: RJ-45

•

Four-pair, Category 5 shielded twisted-pair connectivity

Pinout: MDI crossover

5.5

Chapter 6: Line Card Components and Description

Table 51: PICs Supported in the T640 Router (continued)

First Junos OS

Release

Support PIC Family and Type Ports Model Number

Gigabit Ethernet IQ

Gigabit Ethernet IQ PICs with SFP (T640 Router)

• Gigabit Ethernet IQ PIC with SFP 1 PB-1GE-SFP-QPP

Connector

• Gigabit Ethernet IQ PIC with SFP 2 PB-2GE-SFP-QPP

•

Optical: LC/PC

Copper: RJ-45

•

Four-pair, Category 5 shielded twisted-pair connectivity

Pinout: MDI crossover

6.1

•

Optical: LC/PC

Copper: RJ-45

•

Four-pair, Category 5 shielded twisted-pair connectivity

Pinout: MDI crossover

6.1 (7.3 TX Matrix router)

Gigabit Ethernet IQ2

Gigabit Ethernet IQ2 PICs with SFP (T640 Router)

• Gigabit Ethernet IQ2 PIC with SFP 4 PB-4GE-TYPE1-SFP-IQ2

• Gigabit Ethernet IQ2 PIC with SFP 8

PB-8GE-TYPE2-SFP-IQ2

PB-8GE-TYPE3-SFP-IQ2

•

Optical: LC/PC

Copper: RJ-45

•

Four-pair, Category 5 shielded twisted-pair connectivity

Pinout: MDI crossover

7.6R3

•

Optical: LC/PC

Copper: RJ-45

•

Four-pair, Category 5 shielded twisted-pair connectivity

Pinout: MDI crossover

7.6R2

•

Optical: LC/PC

Copper: RJ-45

• Four-pair, Category 5 shielded twisted-pair connectivity

• Pinout: MDI crossover

8.2

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Table 51: PICs Supported in the T640 Router (continued)

First Junos OS

Release

Support PIC Family and Type

10-Gigabit Ethernet IQ2 PIC with XFP

(T640 Router)

Ports Model Number Connector

PC-1XGE-TYPE3–XFP-IQ2 •

•

Optical: LC/PC

Copper: RJ-45

• Four-pair, Category 5 shielded twisted-pair connectivity

• Pinout: MDI crossover

8.0R3

Gigabit Ethernet and 10-Gigabit Ethernet Enhanced IQ2 (IQ2E)

Gigabit Ethernet Enhanced IQ2 (IQ2E) PICs with SFP (T640 Router)

• Gigabit Ethernet Enhanced IQ2

(IQ2E) PIC with SFP

• Gigabit Ethernet Enhanced IQ2

(IQ2E) PIC with SFP

10-Gigabit Ethernet Enhanced IQ2

(IQ2E) PIC with XFP (T640 Router)

PB-4GE-TYPE1-SFP-IQ2E

PB-8GE-TYPE2-SFP-IQ2

•

Optical: LC/PC

Copper: RJ-45

•

Four-pair, Category 5 shielded twisted-pair connectivity

Pinout: MDI crossover

9.4

•

Optical: LC/PC

Copper: RJ-45

• Four-pair, Category 5 shielded twisted-pair connectivity

• Pinout: MDI crossover

9.4

PC-1XGE-TYPE3-XFP-IQ2E •

•

Optical: LC/PC

Copper: RJ-45

•

Four-pair, Category 5 shielded twisted-pair connectivity

Pinout: MDI crossover

9.4

10-Gigabit Ethernet

10-Gigabit Ethernet PIC with XENPAK (T640 Router)

• 10-Gigabit Ethernet PIC with

XENPAK

10GBASE-ER or 10GBASE-LR transceivers

• 10-Gigabit Ethernet PIC with

XENPAK

10GBASE-SR or 10GBASE-ZR transceivers

PC-1XGE-XENPAK

• XENPAK

6.2

7.1

Chapter 6: Line Card Components and Description

Table 51: PICs Supported in the T640 Router (continued)

PIC Family and Type

10-Gigabit Ethernet DWDM PIC (T640

Router)

10-Gigabit Ethernet DWDM OTN PIC

(T640 Router)

10 10-Gigabit Ethernet LAN/WAN PIC with SFP+ (T640 Router)

10-Gigabit Ethernet LAN/WAN PIC with XFP (T640 Router)

Ports Model Number

PC-1XGE-DWDM-CBAND

PC-1XGE-DWDM-OTN

PD-5-10XGE-SFPP

PD-4XGE-XFP

40-Gigabit Ethernet

40-Gigabit Ethernet PIC with CFP

(T640 Router)

4 PD-1XLE-CFP

Connector

• Optical: SC/PC

• Optical: LC/PC

Optical: SC/PC

Services

MultiServices PICs (T640 Router)

• 100 MultiServices PIC

• 400 MultiServices PIC

• 500 MultiServices PIC

Tunnel Services PIC (T640 Router)

• Type 1 Tunnel Services

• Type 2 Tunnel Services

• Type 3 Tunnel Services 0

40-Gigabit Tunnel Services PIC (T640

Router)

PB-MS-100-1

PB-MS-400-2

PB-MS-500-3

PB-TUNNEL-1

PB-TUNNEL

PC-TUNNEL

PD-TUNNEL

• None

SONET/SDH

SONET/SDH OC3/STM1 Enhanced IQ

(IQE) PIC with SFP (T640 Router)

4 PB-4OC3-STM1-IQE-SFP • Optical: LC/PC

SONET/SDH OC3/STM1 (Multi-Rate) PICs with SFP (T640 Router)

• SONET/SDH OC3/STM1

(Multi-Rate) PIC with SFP

4 PB-4OC3-1OC12-SON-SFP • Optical: LC/PC

8.0

6.1

5.3

8.0

8.1

8.1R2

8.3

9.4

10.1

9.0

First Junos OS

Release

Support

7.5

11.4

9.3R2

8.4

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Table 51: PICs Supported in the T640 Router (continued)

PIC Family and Type Ports Model Number Connector

• SONET/SDH OC3/STM1

(Multi-Rate) PIC with SFP

SONET/SDH OC12/STM4 Enhanced

IQ (IQE) PIC with SFP (T640 Router)

PB-4OC3-1OC12-SON-SFP

PB-1OC12-STM4-IQE-SFP

•

Optical: LC/PC

SONET/SDH OC12/STM4 (Multi-Rate) PICs with SFP (T640 Router)

• SONET/SDH OC12/STM4

(Mulit-Rate) PIC with SFP

• SONET/SDH OC12/STM4

(Mulit-Rate) PIC with SFP

PB-1OC12-SON-SFP

PB-4OC3-40C12-SON-SFP

SONET/SDH OC48c/STM16 PIC with SFP (T640 Router)

• Optical: LC/PC

• Optical: LC/PC • SONET/SDH OC48c/STM16 PIC with SFP

• SONET/SDH OC48c/STM16 PIC with SFP

SONET/SDH OC48/STM16 Enhanced

IQ (IQE) PIC with SFP (T640 Router)

PC-4OC48-SON-SFP

PC-4OC48-STM16-IQE-SFP

•

Optical: LC/PC

SONET/SDH OC48/STM16

(Multi-Rate) PIC with SFP (T640

Router)

SONET/SDH OC192c/STM64 PIC

(T640 Router)

PB-1OC48-SON-B-SFP

PC-1OC192-SON-VSR

• Optical: LC/PC

• 12-ribbon multimode fiber with MTP connector

SONET/SDH OC192c/STM64 PICs with XFP (T640 Router)

PC-1OC192-SON-XFP • SONET/SDH OC192c/STM64 PIC with XFP

• SONET/SDH OC192c/STM64 PIC with XFP

SONET/SDH OC768c/STM256 PIC

(T640 Router)

PD-4OC192-SON-XFP

PD-1OC768-SON-SR

•

Optical: LC/PC

Optical: SC/PC

First Junos OS

Release

Support

8.3

9.3

8.4

8.3

6.1

6.2

10.4R2

8.3

5.3

8.1

7.5

Documentation

•

• T640 PIC Combination Limitations

•

T640 PIC/FPC Compatibility on page 95

Chapter 6: Line Card Components and Description

•

T640 End-of-Life PICs Supported

Table 51 on page 86

lists the end-of-life PICs supported by the T640 router. The PICs are listed alphabetically by PIC family.

NOTE: The T640 router is now end-of-life. See the JTAC support bulletin

TSB16819 for additional information about the PICs and other associated

FRUs that moved to end-of-life with the router. The

“T640 PICs Supported” on page 86

topic lists PICs that had not moved to end-of-life before the T640 router itself moved to end-of-life.

Table 52: End-of-Life PICs Supported in the T640 Router

Connector

First Junos

OS Release

Support PIC Family and Type

ATM

ATM OC3 EOL PIC (T640

Router)

ATM OC12 EOL PIC (T640

Router)

Channelized IQ

Channelized OC12 IQ EOL PIC

(T640 Router)

DS3

DS3 EOL PIC (T640 Router)

Ports Model Number

PB-2OC3-ATM-MM

PB-2OC3-ATM-SMIR

PB-1OC12-ATM-MM

PB-1OC12-ATM-SMIR

PB-1CHOC12SMIR-QPP

PB-2DS3

• Optical: SC/PC

4.0

6.3

• Custom 10 ft (3.05 m) posilock

SMB to BNC male cable, separate Rx and Tx (provided)

6.3

Ethernet

Gigabit Ethernet EOL PICs (T640 Router)

• Gigabit Ethernet PIC 2

• Gigabit Ethernet PIC

10-Gigabit Ethernet EOL PIC

(T640 Router)

PB-2GE-LX

PB-2GE-SX

PB-4GE-SX

PC-1XGE-LR

Services

• Optical: SC/PC

5.3

5.4

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Table 52: End-of-Life PICs Supported in the T640 Router (continued)

PIC Family and Type

Adaptive Services II EOL PIC

(T640 Router)

Ports Model Number

0 PB-AS2

Connector

• None

Adaptive Services II Layer 2

Services EOL PIC (T640 Router)

Link Services EOL PIC (T640

Router)

PB-AS2-LAYER2SERVICES

PB-LS-4

PB-LS-32

PB-LS-128

PB-PM2 Monitoring Services II EOL PIC

(T640 Router)

Monitoring Services III EOL PIC

(T640 Router)

0 PB-PM3

SONET/SDH

SONET/SDH OC3c/STM1 EOL PICs (T640 Router)

•

SONET/SDH OC3c/STM1 PIC

PB-4OC3-SON-MM

PB-4OC3-SON-SMIR

PB-4OC3-SON-MM

PB-4OC3-SON-SMIR

SONET/SDH OC12c/STM4 EOL PICs (T640 Router)

1 PB-1OC12-SON-MM • SONET/SDH OC12c/STM4

PIC

• SONET/SDH OC12c/STM4

PIC

4 PB-4OC12-SON-MM

PB-4OC12-SON-SMIR

• SONET/SDH OC12c/STM4

PIC

4 PB-4OC12-SON-MM

PB-4OC12-SON-SMIR

SONET/SDH OC48c/STM16 EOL PICs (T640 Router)

• SONET/SDH OC48c/STM16

PIC

• SONET/SDH OC48c/STM16

PIC

SONET/SDH OC48c/STM16 EOL

PIC with SFP (T640 Router)

PB-1OC48-SON-SMLR

PB-1OC48-SON-SMSR

PC-4OC48-SON-SMSR

PB-1OC48-SON-SFP

• None

• Optical: SC/PC

• Optical: LC/PC

First Junos

OS Release

Support

6.4 (7.3 TX

Matrix platform)

7.5

6.1

7.1R2

7.4

7.1

5.3

5.5

7.1

5.3

6.1

Chapter 6: Line Card Components and Description

Table 52: End-of-Life PICs Supported in the T640 Router (continued)

PIC Family and Type

SONET/SDH OC192c/STM64

EOL PICs (T640 Router)

Ports Model Number

PC-1OC192-SON-LR

PC-1OC192-SON-SR2

Connector

• Optical: SC/PC

First Junos

OS Release

Support

5.4

Documentation

•

PIC/FPC Compatibility (Type 1 FPCs and Type 1 PICs) on page 95

T640 PIC/FPC Compatibility

The PIC/FPC compatibility matrixes lists the current PICs for T640 routers, both standalone and connected to a T640 Matrix router unless otherwise noted, and the first

Junos OS Release in which the FPC supports the PIC. For example, Junos 7.6 is the first release in which the T640-FPC1-E2 supports the ATM2 OC3/STM1 IQ, 2-port PIC.

•

•

PIC/FPC Compatibility (Type 2 FPCs and Type 2 PICs) on page 97

•

PIC/FPC Compatibility (Type 3 FPCs and Type 3 PICs) on page 98

•

PIC/FPC Compatibility (Type 4 FPCs and Type 4 PICs) on page 100

PIC/FPC Compatibility (Type 1 FPCs and Type 1 PICs)

Table 53 on page 95

provides a PIC/FPC compatibility matrix for the current Type 1 PICs for the T640 router and Type 1 FPCs.

Table 53: T640 PIC/FPC Compatibility Type 1

PIC PIC Model Number T640-FPC1-E T640-FPC1-E2 T640-FPC1-ES

ATM2 IQ PICs

ATM2 E3 IQ, 4-port PB-4E3-ATM2

ATM2 OC3/STM1 IQ, 2-port PB-2OC3-ATM2-MM

PB-2OC3-ATM2-SMIR

ATM2 OC12/ STM4 IQ, 1-port PB-1OC12-ATM2-MM

PB-1OC12-ATM2-SMIR

7.4

7.6

8.0

7.4

7.6

8.0

–

Channelized IQ PICs

ChDS3 IQ, 4-port

ChOC3 IQ, 1-port

ChSTM1 IQ, 1-port

PB-4CHDS3-QPP

PB-1CHOC3-SMIR-QPP

PB-1CHSTM1-SMIR-QPP

8.0

7.6

7.5

8.0

7.6

7.5

9.4

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Table 53: T640 PIC/FPC Compatibility Type 1 (continued)

PIC PIC Model Number T640-FPC1-E

Channelized IQE PICs

ChDS3/E3 IQE, 4-port

ChE1/T1 IQE, 10-port

PB-4CHDS3-E3-IQE-BNC

PB-1OCHE1-T1-IQE-RJ48

ChOC3/STM1 IQE, 2-port

ChOC12/STM4 IQE, 1-port

PB-2CHOC3-STM1-IQE-SFP

PB-1CHOC12-STM4-IQE-SFP

9.3R2

9.5

9.3

TI, DS3, E1, E3 PICs

DS3, 4-port

E3 IQ, 4-port

PB-4DS3

PB-4E3-QPP

Fast Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet PICs

Fast Ethernet, 4-port PB-4FE-TX

Gigabit Ethernet, 1-port SFP PB-1GE-SFP

Gigabit Ethernet IQ PICs

Gigabit Ethernet IQ, 1-port

SFP

PB-1GE-SFP-QPP

6.2

8.5

6.3

8.0

Gigabit Ethernet IQ2 PICs

Gigabit Ethernet IQ2, 4-port

SFP

PB-4GE-TYPE1-SFP-IQ2

Gigabit Ethernet IQ2E PICs

Gigabit Ethernet IQ2E,

4-port SFP

PB-4GE-TYPE1-SFP-IQ2E

Services PICs

MultiServices 100

Tunnel Services

PB-MS-100-1

PB-TUNNEL1

SONET/SDH PICs

OC3/

STM1 IQE, 4-port SFP

PB-4OC3-STM1-IQE-SFP

OC3c/STM1

(Multi-Rate), 4-port (Type

PB-4OC3-1OC12-SON-SFP

7.6R3

9.4

8.1

8.0

9.3R2

8.4

T640-FPC1-E2 T640-FPC1-ES

9.3R2

9.5

9.3

–

8.5

7.4

8.0

7.6R3

9.4

8.1

8.0

9.3R2

8.4

–

9.4

9.5

9.4

–

9.4

–

9.4

–

9.4

Chapter 6: Line Card Components and Description

Table 53: T640 PIC/FPC Compatibility Type 1 (continued)

PIC PIC Model Number T640-FPC1-E

9.3

OC12/

STM4 IQE, 1-port SFP

PB-1OC12-STM4-IQE-SFP

OC12c/STM4

(Multi-Rate), 1-port (Type 1)

PB-1OC12-SON-SFP 8.4

T640-FPC1-E2 T640-FPC1-ES

9.3

–

8.4

9.4

PIC/FPC Compatibility (Type 2 FPCs and Type 2 PICs)

Table 54 on page 97

provides a PIC/FPC compatibility matrix for the current Type 2 PICs for the T640 router and Type 2 FPCs.

Table 54: T640 PIC/FPC Compatibility Type 2

PIC PIC Model Number T640-FPC2 T640-FPC2-E T640-FPC2-E2 T640-FPC2-ES

ATM2 IQ PICs

ATM2 OC12/ STM4 IQ,

1-port

PB-1OC12-ATM2-MM

PB-1OC12-ATM2-SMIR

PB-1OC48-ATM2-SFP

5.5

ATM2 OC48/ STM16 IQ,

1-port SFP

7.3

Channelized IQE PICs

ChOC12/STM4 IQE, 4-port PB-4CHOC12-STM4-IQE-SFP –

ChOC48/STM16 IQE, 1-port PB-1CHOC48-STM16-IQE-SFP –

Gigabit Ethernet PICs

Gigabit Ethernet, 2-port SFP PB-2GE-SFP

Gigabit Ethernet, 4-port SFP PB-4GE-SFP

6.4

7.0

Gigabit Ethernet IQ PICs

Gigabit Ethernet IQ, 2-port

SFP

PB-2GE-SFP-QPP in a standalone T640 router

6.1

PB-2GE-SFP-QPP in a T640 router connected to a TX

Matrix router

7.3

Gigabit Ethernet IQ2 PICs

Gigabit Ethernet IQ2, 8-port

SFP (Type 2)

PB-8GE-TYPE2-SFP-IQ2

Gigabit Ethernet IQ2E PICs

–

6.3

7.3

9.4

6.4

7.0

6.3

7.3

7.6R2

7.4

9.4

7.4

7.6R2

–

9.5

–

9.5

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Table 54: T640 PIC/FPC Compatibility Type 2 (continued)

PIC PIC Model Number T640-FPC2 T640-FPC2-E T640-FPC2-E2 T640-FPC2-ES

Gigabit Ethernet IQ2E,

8-port SFP (Type 2)

PB-8GE-TYPE2-SFP-IQ2E – 9.4

9.4

–

Services PICs

MultiServices 400

Tunnel Services

PB-MS-400-2

PB-TUNNEL

–

6.1

8.1R2

6.3

8.1R2

7.4

9.5

SONET/SDH PICs

OC3c/STM1

(Multi-Rate), 4-port (Type

PB-4OC3-1OC12-SON2-SFP –

OC12c/STM4

(Multi-Rate), 4-port (Type

PB-4OC3-4OC12-SON-SFP –

OC48c/

STM16, 1-port SFP

PB-1OC48-SON-SFP

OC48/STM16

(Multi-Rate), 4-port (Type

PB-1OC48-SON-B-SFP

6.1

–

8.3

6.3

8.3

7.4

8.3

–

9.5

–

9.5

PIC/FPC Compatibility (Type 3 FPCs and Type 3 PICs)

Table 55 on page 98

provides a PIC/FPC compatibility matrix for the current Type 3 PICs for the T640 router and Type 3 FPCs.

Table 55: T640 PIC/FPC Compatibility Type 3

PIC PIC Model Number T640-FPC3 T640-FPC3-E T640-FPC3-E2 T640-FPC3-ES

Channelized IQE PICs

ChOC12/STM4

IQE, 4-port

PC-4CHOC12-STM4-IQE-SFP in a standalone T640 router

This PIC is not supported in a T640 router connected to a TX Matrix router.

– – – 10.0R2

Gigabit Ethernet PICs

Gigabit Ethernet,

10-port SFP

PC-10-GE-SFP 5.5

Gigabit Ethernet and 10-Gigabit Ethernet IQ2 PICs

6.3

7.4

9.0

Chapter 6: Line Card Components and Description

Table 55: T640 PIC/FPC Compatibility Type 3 (continued)

PIC PIC Model Number T640-FPC3 T640-FPC3-E

8.2

Gigabit Ethernet

IQ2, 8-port SFP

(Type 3)

PC-8GE-TYPE3-SFP-IQ2

10-Gigabit

Ethernet IQ2,

1-port XFP

8.2

PC-1XGE-TYPE3-XFP-IQ2 8.0R3

8.0R3

T640-FPC3-E2 T640-FPC3-ES

8.2

9.0

8.0R3

9.0

Gigabit Ethernet and 10-Gigabit Ethernet IQ2E PICs

Gigabit Ethernet

IQ2E, 8-port SFP

(Type 3)

PC-8GE-TYPE3-SFP-IQ2E 9.4

10-Gigabit

Ethernet IQ2E,

1-port XFP

PC-1XGE-TYPE3-XFP-IQ2E 9.4

9.4

10-Gigabit Ethernet PICs

10-Gigabit

Ethernet, 1-port

XENPAK

PC-1XGE-XENPAK with

10GBASE-ER and

10GBASE-LR transceivers installed

6.2

PC-1XGE-XENPAK with

10GBASE-SR and

10GBASE-ZR transceivers installed

7.1

PC-1XGE-DWDM-CBAND 7.5

10-Gigabit

Ethernet, 1-port

DWDM

10-Gigabit

Ethernet, 1-port

DWDM OTN

PC-1XGE-DWDM-OTN 9.4

Services PICs

MultiServices 500

Tunnel Services

PC-MS-500-3

PC-TUNNEL

SONET/SDH PICs

OC48/STM16 IQE,

4-port SFP

PC-4OC48-STM16-IQE-SFP in a standalone T640 router

–

This PIC is not supported in a T640 router connected to a TX Matrix router.

–

5.3

6.3

7.1

7.5

9.4

8.3

6.3

–

7.4

7.4:

7.5

9.4

8.3

7.4

–

9.0

9.4

9.3

9.0

10.4R2

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Table 55: T640 PIC/FPC Compatibility Type 3 (continued)

PIC PIC Model Number T640-FPC3 T640-FPC3-E

PC-4OC48-SON-SFP 6.2

6.3

OC48c/

STM16, 4-port

SFP

OC192c /

STM64, 1-port

OC192c /

STM64, 1-port

XFP

PC-1OC192-SON-VSR

PC-1OC192-SON-XFP

5.3

–

6.3

8.1

T640-FPC3-E2 T640-FPC3-ES

7.4

9.0

7.4

8.1

9.0

PIC/FPC Compatibility (Type 4 FPCs and Type 4 PICs)

Table 56 on page 100

provides a PIC/FPC compatibility matrix for the current Type 4 PICs for the T640 router and Type 4 FPCs.

Table 56: T640 PIC/FPC Compatibility Type 4

PIC PIC Model Number T640-FPC4-ES T640-FPC4-1P-ES

10-Gigabit Ethernet PICs

10-Gigabit LAN/WAN with SFP+

PD-5-10XGE-SFPP

10-Gigabit Ethernet,

4-port LAN/WAN with

XFP

PD-4XGE-XFP

40 Gigabit Ethernet PICs

40-Gigabit with CFP PD-1XLE-CFP

Services PICs

40-Gigabit Tunnel

Services

SONET/SDH PICs

OC192c /

STM64, 4-port XFP

OC768c/

STM256, 1-port

PD-TUNNEL

PD-4OC192-SON-XFP

PD-1OC768-SON-SR

10.1

9.0

–

7.5

8.1

7.5

10.1

9.5

11.4

9.5

Documentation

•

T640 PICs Supported on page 86

• T640 PIC Combination Limitations

•

•

Chapter 6: Line Card Components and Description

101

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 7

Power System Components and

Descriptions

•

T640 Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply Description on page 104

•

•

T640 Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply LEDs on page 106

•

T640 Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Description on page 107

•

T640 Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply LEDs on page 108

•

T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Description on page 110

•

T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply LEDs on page 111

•

T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Description on page 112

•

T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply LEDs on page 113

•

T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply Description on page 114

•

T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply LEDs on page 117

T640 Power System Description

The router supports two load-sharing DC power supplies, located at the lower rear of the chassis. The power supplies connect to the midplane, which distributes different output voltages produced by the power supply to the router components, depending on voltage requirements.

The T640 router supports the DC power supplies in

Table 57 on page 104 .

NOTE: Mixing power supplies with a different number of inputs in the same router is supported only during upgrade. Mixing different types of power supplies is not supported during normal operations.

103

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Table 57: Supported Power Supplies

Name Model Number

First

Supported

Junos OS

Release

Two-input 160-A DC power supply (EOL

PSN-2010-01-644)

See the

“T640 Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply

Description” on page 104

PWR-T-DC 5.3

Three-input 240-A DC power supply

See the

“T640 Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply

Description” on page 107 .

NOTE: For the T640 router, this power supply is supported only in 2-INPUT mode.

PWR-T1600-3-80-DC 8.5

PWR-T1600-4-60-DC 10.0

Four-input 240-A DC power supply

See the

“T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply

Description” on page 110 ..

Six-input DC power supply

See the

“T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply

Description” on page 112

PWR-T-6-60-DC 12.1

Documentation

•

•

•

T640 DC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 133

•

T640 Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply Description

•

Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply on page 104

•

Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply Inputs on page 105

•

Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply Load Sharing and Fault Tolerance on page 105

Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply

Each two-input 160-A DC power supply weighs approximately 23 lb (10.5 kg) and consists of two inputs, two 80-A @ –48 VDC circuit breakers, a fan, and LEDs to monitor the status of the power supply.

Figure 36 on page 105

shows the two-input 160-A DC power supply.

Chapter 7: Power System Components and Descriptions

Figure 36: Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply

Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply Inputs

Each two-input 160-A DC power supply has two inputs— INPUT 1 and INPUT 0 , from top to bottom—each with its own 80-A (@ –48 VDC) circuit breaker.

NOTE: All inputs on the two-input 160-A DC power supply in slot PEM0 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A, and all inputs on the two-input 160-A DC power supply in slot PEM1 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.

Table 58 on page 105

describes which components are powered by each input.

Table 58: Components Powered by Each Input

Input

INPUT 0

Provides Power to These Components

FPCs in slots FPC0 and FPC1 , SIBs, control boards, Routing Engines, CIP, craft interface, and fan trays

INPUT 1 FPCs in slots FPC2 through FPC7

Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply Load Sharing and Fault Tolerance

When the router is operating normally and both power supplies in a redundant power system are switched on, load sharing between them occurs automatically. When one power supply fails or is turned off, the other power supply immediately assumes the entire electrical load for the system. A single power supply with both inputs active can provide full power for as long as the router is operational.

Table 59 on page 106

describes the behavior of the two-input 160-A DC power supply and router if one of the inputs fails.

105

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Table 59: Fault Tolerance

Redundancy

Nonredundant power supplies

Fault Tolerance When One Input Fails or Is Disconnected

If either input fails, the router shuts down.

NOTE: We recommend that you install redundant power supplies.

Redundant power supplies If either input on one power supply fails, the other power supply assumes the electrical load for both inputs. If one of the inputs on the other power supply is not functional, the router shuts down.

Documentation

•

•

•

T640 Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply LEDs

Four LEDs on each two-input 160-A DC power supply faceplate indicate the status of the power supply. In addition, a power supply failure triggers the red alarm LED on the craft interface.

Table 60 on page 106

describes the functions of the power supply LEDs.

Table 60: Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply LEDs

LED Color State Description

CB OK Green On steadily Circuit breaker is on.

CB TRIP

OVER TEMP

DC OK

Yellow

Blue

Off

On steadily

Off

On steadily

Off

On steadily

Circuit breaker is off.

Circuit breaker is not turned on, or host subsystem has detected a failure and has turned the circuit breaker off.

No problems have occured with circuit breaker, or the power supply is off.

Power supply has exceeded recommended temperature.

Power supply is within the recommended temperature or is not turned on.

Power supply is installed correctly and is functioning normally.

Blinking

Off

Power supply is starting up, is not properly installed, or is not functioning correctly. One of the inputs might have failed, or the power supply might not be receiving sufficient power.

Power supply is not powered on.

Chapter 7: Power System Components and Descriptions

Documentation

•

•

•

•

Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply on page 107

T640 Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Description

•

•

Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Inputs on page 107

•

Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Load Sharing and Fault Tolerance on page 108

Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply

Each three-input 240-A DC power supply weighs approximately 25 lb (11.3 kg) and consists of three inputs, three 80-A circuit breakers, a fan, and LEDs to monitor the status of the power supply.

Figure 37 on page 107

shows the three-input 240-A DC power supply in

2-INPUT mode.

Figure 37: Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply

Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Inputs

The three-input 240-A DC power supply inputs are labeled INPUT 0 , INPUT 1 , and INPUT 2 , from top to bottom. Each input consists of –48 VDC and return, each with its own 80-A circuit breaker. The input mode switch on the faceplate allows you to set the DC power supply to either 2–INPUT or 3–INPUT mode.

2-INPUT mode is required for the T640 router and TX Matrix router.

Table 61 on page 108

describes which components are powered by each input.

107

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Table 61: Components Powered by Each Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Input

Input

INPUT 0

Three-Input Mode

T640-SIBs, control boards, fan trays,

Routing Engines, and FPCs in slots FPC0 and FPC1

INPUT 1

INPUT 2

FPCs in slots FPC2 through FPC7

This input is not supported in 2–INPUT mode.

Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Load Sharing and Fault Tolerance

When the router is operating normally and both power supplies are switched on, load sharing between them occurs automatically. When one power supply fails or is turned off, the other power supply immediately assumes the entire electrical load for the system.

A single power supply can provide full power for as long as the router is operational.

Table 62 on page 108

describes the behavior of the power supply if one of the inputs fails.

Table 62: Fault Tolerance

Redundancy

Nonredundant power supply

Fault Tolerance When One Input Fails or is Disconnected

If this input fails, the router shuts down.

NOTE: We recommend that you install redundant power supplies.

Redundant power supplies If an input on one power supply fails, the other power supply assumes the electrical load for all inputs. If one input on the other power supply is not functional, the router shuts down.

Documentation

•

•

•

Figure 38 on page 109 ) indicate the status of

T640 Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply LEDs

LEDs on each power supply faceplate (see

the power supply. In addition, a power supply failure triggers the red alarm LED on the craft interface.

Table 63 on page 109

describes the functions of the power supply LEDs.

Chapter 7: Power System Components and Descriptions

Figure 38: Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply LEDs

Table 63 on page 109

describes the three-input 240-A DC power supply LEDs.

Table 63: Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply LEDs

LED Color State Description

CB ON —One per input

Green On steadily

Off

Circuit breaker is on.

Circuit breaker is not turned on, or host subsystem has detected a failure and has turned the circuit breaker off.

DC OK —One per power supply

Blue On steadily

INPUT

PRESENT —One per input

Green

OVER

TEMP —One per power supply

Yellow

Blinking

On steadily

Off

On steadily

Off

When the power supply is correctly set to 2-INPUT mode and INPUT 0 and INPUT 1 are properly energized, the DC OK LED indicates that the power supply is functioning normally.

Power supply is starting up, is not functioning, is not properly installed, or is not operating properly.

Input is receiving voltage.

Input voltage is not present.

Power supply has exceeded recommended temperature.

Power supply is within the recommended temperature or the power supply is not on.

Documentation

•

•

•

•

Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply on page 110

109

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Description

•

•

Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Inputs on page 110

•

Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Load Sharing and Fault Tolerance on page 110

Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply

Each four-input 240-A DC power supply weighs approximately 26.6 lb (12.0 kg) and consists of four inputs, four 60-A circuit breakers, a fan, and LEDs to monitor the status of the power supply.

Figure 39 on page 110

shows the four-input 240-A DC power supply.

Figure 39: Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply

LEDs Circuit breakers

Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Inputs

The four-input 240-A DC power supply inputs are labeled INPUT 0 , INPUT 1 , and INPUT 2 , and INPUT 3 from top to bottom. Each input consists of –48 VDC and return, each with its own 60-A circuit breaker.

Table 64 on page 110

describes which components are powered by each input.

Table 64: Components Powered by Each Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Input

Input

INPUT 0

Components

SIBs, control boards, Routing Engines, and half the system fan power

INPUT 1

INPUT 2

INPUT 3

FPCs in slots FPC0 and FPC1 and half the system fan power

FPCs in slots FPC2 through FPC4

FPCs in slots FPC5 through FPC7

Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Load Sharing and Fault Tolerance

When the router is operating normally and both power supplies are switched on, load sharing between them occurs automatically. When one power supply fails or is turned

Chapter 7: Power System Components and Descriptions off, the other power supply immediately assumes the entire electrical load for the system.

A single power supply can provide full power for as long as the router is operational. If any of the four inputs fails, the router shuts down, and the other power supply assumes the electrical load for all four inputs.

Documentation

•

T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply LEDs on page 111

•

Replacing a T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply on page 382

•

•

T640 DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 134

T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply LEDs

LEDs on each four-input 240-A DC power supply faceplate (see

Table 65 on page 111 )

indicate the status of the power supply. In addition, a power supply failure triggers the red alarm LED on the craft interface.

Figure 40 on page 111

displays the power supply

LEDs.

Figure 40: Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply LEDs

CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR MIN. 60

SEC. TO DE-ENERGIZE THE UNIT

COMPLETELY BEFORE TURN ON.

60A

INPUT 3

60A

Power supply LEDs

Table 65: Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply LEDs

LED Color State

INPUT

PRESENT —One per input

Green

CB ON —One per input

Green

On steadily

Off

On steadily

Off

Description

Input is receiving voltage.

Input voltage is not present.

Circuit breaker is on.

Circuit breaker is not turned on, or host subsystem has detected a failure and has turned the circuit breaker off.

111

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Table 65: Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply LEDs (continued)

LED Color State Description

DC OK —One per power supply

Blue On steadily

OVER

TEMP —One per power supply

Yellow

Blinking

On steadily

When all four inputs are properly energized, the DC OK LED indicates that the power supply is functioning normally.

Either the power supply is starting up, or it is not functioning, not properly installed, or not operating properly.

Power supply has exceeded recommended temperature.

Off Power supply is within the recommended temperature or the power supply is not on.

Documentation

•

T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Description on page 110

•

•

•

Replacing a T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply on page 382

•

T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Description

•

Power Supply Components on page 112

•

Inputs on page 113

•

Redundancy on page 113

Power Supply Components

Each six-input DC power supply weighs approximately 39.7 lb (18.0 kg) and consists of six inputs, two blowers, a front and side air filter, and LEDs to monitor the status of the power supply. Each power supply is cooled by its own internal cooling system.

Figure 41 on page 113

shows the six-input DC power supply.

NOTE: There are no circuit breakers or passive fuses in the router.

Figure 41: Six-Input DC Power Supply

Chapter 7: Power System Components and Descriptions

Inputs

The six-input DC power supply inputs are labeled INPUT 0 , INPUT 1 , INPUT 2 , INPUT 3 ,

INPUT 4 , and INPUT 5 , from top to bottom. Each 60 A input consists of –48 VDC and return.

Table 66 on page 113

describes which components are powered by each input.

Table 66: Components Powered by Each Six-Input DC Power Supply Input

Input Components

Fan trays INPUT 0

INPUT 1 through INPUT 5 FPCs, Routing Engines, control boards, SIBs, craft interface, SCGs, and other components in the router.

Redundancy

A single power supply can provide full power for as long as the router is operational.

Documentation

•

T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply LEDs on page 113

•

Replacing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply on page 395

•

•

T640 DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 134

T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply LEDs

LEDs on each six-input DC power supply faceplate indicate the status of the power supply. In addition, a power supply failure triggers the red alarm LED on the craft interface.

Table 67 on page 114

displays the power supply LEDs.

113

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Table 67: Six-Input DC Power Supply LEDs

LED Color State

INPUT

PRESENT —One per input

Green

DC OK —One per power supply

Blue

On steadily

Off

On steadily

OVER

TEMP —One per power supply

Yellow

Blinking

On steadily

Off

Description

Input is receiving voltage.

Input voltage is not present.

When all inputs are properly energized, the DC OK LED indicates that the power supply is functioning normally.

Either the power supply is starting up, or it is not functioning, not properly installed, or not operating properly.

Power supply has exceeded recommended temperature.

Power supply is within the recommended temperature or the power supply is not on.

Documentation

•

T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Description on page 112

•

•

•

Replacing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply on page 395

•

T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply Description

•

Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply on page 114

•

Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply on page 116

•

AC Power Supply Load Sharing and Fault Tolerance on page 117

Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply

Each three-phase delta AC power supply weighs approximately 31.0 lb (14.06 kg). A metal wiring compartment contains the AC terminal block and ground labeled GND . The

AC terminal block consists of three input terminals labeled L1 , L2 , and L3 , from left to right. The power switch provides power to the router. Each power supply’s cooling system consists of two fans, a front air filter, and a side air filter. LEDs provide the status of the power supply.

Figure 42 on page 115

shows the three-phase delta AC power supply.

Chapter 7: Power System Components and Descriptions

Figure 42: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply

Figure 43 on page 115

shows the three-phase delta AC power supply connections.

Figure 43: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply Connections

L1 L2 L3

Figure 44 on page 116

shows the three-phase delta AC power cord.

115

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 44: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord

Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply

Each three-phase wye AC power supply weighs approximately 31.0 lb (14.06 kg). A metal wiring compartment contains the AC terminal block and ground labeled GND . The AC terminal block consists of four input terminals labeled L1 , L2 , L3 , and N , from left to right.

The power switch provides power to the router. Each power supply’s cooling system consists of two fans, a front air filter, and a side air filter. LEDs provide the status of the power supply.

Figure 45 on page 116

shows the three-phase wye AC power supply.

Figure 45: Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply

116

Figure 46 on page 117

shows the three-phase wye AC power supply connections.

Chapter 7: Power System Components and Descriptions

Figure 46: Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply Connections

L1 L2 L3 N

Figure 47 on page 117

shows the three-phase wye AC power cord.

Figure 47: Wye Three-Phase AC Power Cord

AC Power Supply Load Sharing and Fault Tolerance

A single power supply can provide full power for as long as the router is operational.

Documentation

•

T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply LEDs on page 117

•

•

T640 AC Power Requirements on page 145

•

•

T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply Description on page 114

T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply LEDs

Figure 48 on page 118

shows the LEDs on each three-phase delta AC power supply faceplate. The three-phase wye AC power supply has the same LEDs. The LEDs in

Table 68 on page 118

indicate the status of the power supply. In addition, a power supply failure triggers the red alarm LED on the craft interface.

117

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 48: Delta AC Power Supply LEDs

OVER

TEMP

L1 L2 L3

Table 68: Delta AC Power Supply LEDs

LED Color State

On steadily AC OK —One per power supply

Green

– Off

DC OK —One per power supply

Blue

–

On steadily

Blinking

Off

Power supply LEDs

Description

The AC terminal block is receiving voltage.

The AC terminal block is not receiving voltage.

Power supply is functioning normally.

Power supply is starting up, or is not functioning or operating properly, or is not properly installed.

The power supply fails or the AC terminal block is not receiving voltage.

OVER

TEMP —One per power supply

Yellow

–

On steadily

Off

Power supply has exceeded recommended temperature.

If the DC OK and AC OK are on steadily, this LED indicates that power supply is within the recommended temperature.

Documentation

•

•

•

T640 AC Power Requirements on page 145

•

CHAPTER 8

Switch Fabric Components and

Descriptions

•

T640 Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) Description on page 119

T640 Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) Description

The Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) provide the switching function to the destination

FPC (see

Figure 49 on page 120 ).

The SIBs create the switch fabric for the router, providing up to a total of 640 million packets per second (Mpps) of forwarding. Five SIBs are installed in the router. The SIBs are located at the center rear of the chassis in the slots labeled SIB0 through SIB4 (top to bottom).

SIBs are hot-insertable and hot-removable.

One of the five SIBs—usually SIB4 —acts as a backup to the remaining four SIBs. If a SIB fails, the backup SIB becomes active and traffic forwarding continues without any degradation. When the failed SIB is replaced, it becomes the new backup.

Each SIB consists of the following components:

• Switch Fabric ASICs.

• High-speed links (HSLs) to each FPC. See

Table 69 on page 119 .

• Three LEDs— ACTIVE , OK , and FAIL —located on the SIB faceplate that display the status of the SIB.

T640 Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) LEDs describes the functions of the SIB LEDs.

• SIB online/offline button, located on the SIB faceplate.

Each T640-SIB also has a fiber-optic adapter for connection to a TX Matrix router. See the TX Matrix Router Hardware Guide .

Table 69: Links to the SIBs From the FPCs

FPC Type Links to SIBs

Type 1 FPC Each FPC has one dedicated ASIC with five high-speed links that connect to the SIBs (one link per SIB)

119

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Table 69: Links to the SIBs From the FPCs (continued)

FPC Type Links to SIBs

Type 2 FPC

Type 3 FPC

Type 4 FPC

Each FPC has one dedicated ASIC with five high-speed links that connect to the SIBs (one link per SIB)

Each FPC has two dedicated ASICs, and each ASIC has five high-speed links that connect to the SIBs (a total of 10 links).

Each FPC has one dedicated ASIC with ten high-speed links that connect to the SIBs (two links per SIB).

The T640 router supports these types of SIBs:

• Standard SIB.

• Standard SIB version B (supported in Junos OS Release 7.3 and later)—Required to support the Enhanced Scaling FPCs in a standalone T640 router. If you use one or more Enhanced Scaling FPCs in a T640 router that is not part of a routing matrix, each

SIB in the router must be a SIB version B. All the SIBs in the T640 router can be either standard SIB or SIB version B. You cannot use both on the same router at the same time.

Figure 49: Standard SIB or Standard SIB Version B

• The T640-SIB (supported in Junos OS Release 7.0 and later) is required to support

T640 routers connected to a TX Matrix platform; see

Figure 50 on page 120 . The

T640-SIB supports the Enhanced Scaling FPC4 for T640 routers connected to a TX

Matrix platform.

Figure 50: T640-SIB

Chapter 8: Switch Fabric Components and Descriptions

Documentation

•

•

Maintaining the T640 SIBs on page 481

• T640 Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) LEDs

•

•

Replacing a T640 SIB on page 443

•

Upgrading to a T640 Standard SIB Version B on page 446

121

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

PART 2

Site Planning, Preparation, and

Specifications

•

Preparation Overview on page 125

•

DC Power Requirements and Specifications on page 133

•

AC Power Requirements and Specifications on page 143

•

Network Cable and Transceiver Planning on page 149

•

Management Cable Specifications and Pinouts on page 153

123

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 9

Preparation Overview

•

T640 Site Preparation Checklist on page 125

•

T640 Chassis Grounding Cable and Lug Specifications on page 126

•

T640 Rack Requirements on page 128

•

•

T640 Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance on page 130

•

T640 Environmental Specifications on page 130

T640 Site Preparation Checklist

The checklist in

Table 70 on page 125

summarizes the tasks you need to perform when preparing a site for router installation.

Table 70: Site Preparation Checklist

Item or Task For More Information Performed By Date

Environment

Verify that environmental factors such as temperature and humidity do not exceed router tolerances.

“T640 Environmental Specifications” on page 130

Power

Measure distance between external power sources and router installation site.

Locate sites for connection of system grounding.

Calculate the power consumption and requirements.

“T640 DC Power Distribution” on page 138

“T640 DC Power Cable and Lug

Specifications” on page 140

“T640 Chassis Grounding Cable and

Lug Specifications” on page 126

“T640 DC Power System

Requirements” on page 136

Rack

Verify that your rack meets the minimum requirements for the installation of the router.

“T640 Rack Requirements” on page 128

125

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Table 70: Site Preparation Checklist (continued)

Item or Task For More Information

Plan rack location, including required space clearances.

“T640 Clearance Requirements for

Airflow and Hardware Maintenance” on page 130

If a rack is used, secure rack to floor and building structure.

“T640 Rack Requirements” on page 128

Performed By

Cables

Acquire cables and connectors:

•

Determine the number of cables needed based on your planned configuration.

Review the maximum distance allowed for each cable. Choose the length of cable based on the distance between the hardware components being connected.

“Calculating Power Budget and

Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cables” on page 150

Plan the cable routing and management.

“Maintaining T640 PICs and PIC

Cables” on page 476

Date

Documentation

•

•

Figure 51 on page 127 ) and two UNC 1/4–20 screws used to secure the grounding cable

T640 Chassis Grounding Cable and Lug Specifications

To meet safety and electromagnetic interference (EMI) requirements and to ensure proper operation, the T640 router must be adequately grounded before power is connected. Two pairs of threaded inserts (PEM nuts) are provided on the right rear of the chassis for connecting the router to earth ground.

CAUTION: Before router installation begins, a licensed electrician must attach a cable lug to the grounding and power cables that you supply. A cable with an incorrectly attached lug can damage the router.

To ground the router, connect a grounding cable to earth ground and then attach it to the chassis grounding points using two screws. The left pair of grounding points fits M6 screws (European), and the right pair fits UNC 1/4–20 screws (American). The grounding points are spaced at 0.625-in. (15.86-mm) centers. The accessory box shipped with the router includes the cable lug that attaches to the grounding cable (see

to the right pair of grounding points. (The cable lug shown in

Figure 51 on page 127

is also used for the DC power cables.) The grounding cable must be able to handle up to 152 A.

The accessory box shipped with the router includes the cable lug that attaches to the grounding cable (see

Figure 51 on page 127 ).

Chapter 9: Preparation Overview

Figure 51: T640 DC Power and Grounding Cable Lug

2.25

End view

0.55

0.28

2 holes

4 AWG conductor

Crimp area

0.08

0.25

0.63

0.37

All measurements in inches

The grounding cable must be 4-AWG (21.2 mm

), minimum 90°C wire, or as required by the local code.

Documentation

•

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

•

•

General Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 552

T640 Physical Specifications

Table 71 on page 127

lists the physical specifications for the T640 router.

Table 71: T640 Physical Specifications

Description Value

Chassis dimensions

Router weight

Craft interface weight

FPC weight

CIP weight

37.45 in. (95.1 cm) high

17.43 in. (44.3 cm) wide

31 in. (78.7 cm) deep.

Total depth (including cable management system) 35.5 in.

(90.2 cm)

11.5 in. (29.2 cm) from front of chassis to center-mounting brackets

Chassis with midplane: 205 lb (93 kg)

Minimum configuration: 435 lb (197 kg)

Maximum configuration: 565 lb (256.3 kg)

2 lb (0.9 kg)

FPC with PICs installed: up to 37 lb (17 kg)

FPC without PICs installed: up to 25 lb (11.3 kg)

Blank panel in FPC slot: 9 lb (4.0 kg)

8 lb (3.6 kg)

127

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Table 71: T640 Physical Specifications (continued)

Description Value

Two-input 160-A DC power supply weight

23 lb (10.5 kg) each

25 lb (11.3 kg) each Three-input 240-A DC power supply weight

Four-input 240-A DC power supply weight

26.6 lb (12.0 kg)

Six-input DC power supply weight 39.7 lb (18.0 kg)

Air filter weight

SIB weight

CB weight

SCG weight

Rear fan tray weight

Front fan tray weight

Cable management weight

1 lb (0.5 kg)

6.8 lb (3.0 kg) each

5 lb (2.3 kg) each

1.9 lb (0.9 kg) each

10 lb (4.5 kg)

18.6 lb (8.4 kg)

5 lb (2.3 kg)

Documentation

•

•

•

“T640 Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware

T640 Rack Requirements

The T640 Core Router can be installed in a rack or cabinet. Many types of racks are acceptable, including four-post (telco) racks and open-frame racks. An example of an open-frame rack is shown in

Figure 52 on page 129

The router is designed for installation in a 19-in. rack as defined in Cabinets, Racks, Panels, and Associated Equipment (document number EIA-310-D) published by the Electronics

Industry Association.

With the use of adapters, the router is designed to fit into a 600-mm-wide rack, as defined in the four-part Equipment Engineering (EE); European telecommunications standard for equipment practice (document numbers ETS 300 119-1 through 119-4) published by the

European Telecommunications Standards Institute ( http://www.etsi.org

). Use approved wing devices to narrow the opening between the rails.

Chapter 9: Preparation Overview

The rack rails must be spaced widely enough to accommodate the router chassis's external dimensions: 37.45 in. (95.1 cm) high, 31 in. (78.7 cm) deep, and 17.43 in. (44.3 cm) wide. The outer edges of the mounting brackets extend the width to 19 in. (48.3 cm). The spacing of rails and adjacent racks must also allow for the clearances around the router and rack that are specified in

Maintenance” on page 130

The chassis height of 37.45 in. (95.1 cm) is approximately 21.4 U. A U is the standard rack unit defined in Cabinets, Racks, Panels, and Associated Equipment (document number

EIA-310-D) published by the Electronics Industry Association. You can stack two routers in a rack that has at least 42.8 U (74.9 in. or 1.90 m) of usable vertical space.

The rack must be strong enough to support the weight of the fully configured router, up to approximately 565 lb (256.3 kg). If you stack two fully configured routers in one rack, it must be capable of supporting about 1130 lb (512.6 kg).

Figure 52: Typical Open-Frame Rack

Always secure the rack to the structure of the building. If your geographical area is subject to earthquakes, bolt the rack to the floor. For maximum stability, also secure the rack to ceiling brackets.

129

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Documentation

•

Installing the T640 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet on page 167

•

•

Installing the T640 Mounting Hardware for an Open-Frame Rack on page 170

T640 Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance

When planning the installation site, you need to allow sufficient clearance around the rack (see

Figure 53 on page 130

• For the cooling system to function properly, the airflow around the chassis must be unrestricted.

Figure 15 on page 32

depicts the airflow in the router.

NOTE: If you mount the router in a cabinet, be sure that ventilation is sufficient to prevent overheating.

• For service personnel to remove and install hardware components, there must be adequate space at the front and back of the router. At least 24 in. (61 cm) is required both in front of and behind the router. NEBS GR-63 recommends that you allow at least 30 in. (72.6 cm) in front of the rack and 24 in. (61.0 cm) behind the rack.

Figure 53: T640 Chassis Dimensions and Clearance Requirements

Documentation

•

•

•

T640 Environmental Specifications

Table 72 on page 131

specifies the environmental specifications required for normal router operation. In addition, the site should be as dust-free as possible.

Chapter 9: Preparation Overview

Table 72: Router Environmental Specifications

Description Value

Altitude

Relative humidity

Temperature

Seismic

No performance degradation to 10,000 ft (3048 m)

Normal operation ensured in relative humidity range of 5% to 90%, noncondensing

Normal operation ensured in temperature range of 32°F (0°C) to

104°F (40°C)

Nonoperating storage temperature in shipping crate: –40°F (–40°C) to 158°F (70°C)

Designed to meet Telcordia Technologies Zone 4 earthquake requirements

Maximum thermal output DC power: 28,498 BTU/hour (8350 W)

NOTE: Install the router only in restricted areas, such as dedicated equipment rooms and equipment closets, in accordance with Articles 110-16, 110-17, and

110-18 of the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70.

Documentation

•

•

•

Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 491

•

•

T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 551

•

Compliance Statements for Environmental Requirements on page 566

131

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 10

DC Power Requirements and

Specifications

•

T640 DC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 133

•

T640 DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 134

•

T640 DC Power Distribution on page 138

•

•

T640 DC Power Cable and Lug Specifications on page 140

T640 DC Power System Electrical Specifications

Table 73 on page 133

lists the power system electrical specifications.

Table 73: T640 Power System Electrical Specifications

Item Specification

DC input voltage

DC system current rating

Operating range: –40.0 to –72.0 VDC

NOTE: If the input voltage from the DC power source drops below –37.5 to –39.5 VDC, the router automatically shuts down. During automatic shutdown, the circuit remains active.

When the input voltage returns to –43.0 to

–44.0 VDC, the router automatically starts up again and the system returns to normal operation within 30 minutes. No operator intervention is required.

152 A @ –48 VDC (nominal) (7296 W)

Documentation

•

T640 DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 134

•

•

•

T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 551

•

133

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

T640 DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications

Use a customer site circuit breaker for each power supply input. We recommend that you provision a circuit breaker for each DC power supply input rated for at least 125% of the continuous current that the input draws at –48 VDC, or as required by local code.

Table 74 on page 134

lists the power supply electrical specifications for the two-input

160-A DC power supply.

Table 74: T640 Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications

Item Specification

DC input voltage

Input DC current rating

Nominal –48 VDC, –60 VDC

Operating range: –40.5 to –72 VDC

NOTE: If the input voltage from the DC power source drops below –40.5

VDC, the router automatically shuts down. During automatic shutdown, the circuit remains active. When the input voltage returns to –42.75 VDC, the router automatically starts up again and the system returns to normal operation within 30 minutes. No operator intervention is required.

68 A @ –48 VDC (nominal) for each input (3264 W)

Table 75 on page 134

lists the power supply electrical specifications for the three-input

240-A DC power supply in 2–INPUT mode.

Table 75: T640 Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications

Item Specification

DC input voltage Nominal –48 VDC, –60 VDC

Operating range: –40.0 to –72.0 VDC

NOTE: If the input voltage from the DC power source drops below –37.5 to

–39.5 VDC, the router automatically shuts down. During automatic shutdown, the circuit remains active. When the input voltage returns to –43.0 to –44.00

VDC, the router automatically starts up again and the system returns to normal operation within 30 minutes. No operator intervention is required.

Input DC current rating

Input 0: 67 A @ –48 VDC (nominal) (3216 W)

Input 1: 67 A @ –48 VDC (nominal) (3216 W)

NOTE: For a T640 router, do not use INPUT 2 on a three-input 240-A DC power supply.

Table 76 on page 135

lists the power supply electrical specifications for the four-input

240-A DC power supply.

Chapter 10: DC Power Requirements and Specifications

Table 76: Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications

Item Specification

DC input voltage Nominal –48 VDC, –60 VDC

Operating range: –40.0 to –72.0 VDC

NOTE: If the input voltage from the DC power source drops below -37.5 to -39.5 VDC, the router automatically shuts down. During automatic shutdown, the circuit remains active.

When the input voltage returns to –43.0 to

–44.00 VDC, the router automatically starts up again and the system returns to normal operation within 30 minutes. No operator intervention is required.

Input DC current rating Input 0: 47 A @ –48 VDC (nominal) (2256 W)

Input 1: 44 A @ –48 VDC (nominal) (2112 W)

Input 2: 50 A @ –48 VDC (nominal) (2400 W)

Input 3: 50 A @ –48 VDC (nominal) (2400 W)

Table 77 on page 135

lists the six-input DC power supply electrical specifications.

Table 77: Six-Input DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications

Item Specification

DC input voltage

Input DC current rating

Nominal –48 VDC, –60 VDC

Operating range: –40.0 to –72.0 VDC

NOTE: If the input voltage from the DC power source drops below -37.5 to -39.5 VDC, the router automatically shuts down.

During automatic shutdown, the circuit remains active. When the input voltage returns to –43.0 to –44.00 VDC, the router automatically starts up again and the system returns to normal operation within 30 minutes. No operator intervention is required.

Input 0: 45 A @ –48 VDC (nominal) (2160 W)

Input 1: 56 A @ –48 VDC (nominal) (2448 W)

Input 2: 56 A @ –48 VDC (nominal) (2448 W)

Input 3: 56 A @ –48 VDC (nominal) (2448 W)

Input 4: 56 A @ –48 VDC (nominal) (2448 W)

Input 5: 56 A @ –48 VDC (nominal) (2448 W)

Documentation

•

T640 DC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 133

•

135

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

•

•

T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 551

•

T640 DC Power System Requirements

To allow for future growth so that you can operate the T640 router in any hardware configuration without upgrading the power infrastructure, we recommend that you provision the following per each input. Doing so enables you to operate the router in any configuration without upgrading the power infrastructure.

• 68 A @ –48 VDC (nominal) for each power supply input on a two-input 160-A DC power supply

• 67 A @ –48 VDC (nominal) for input 0 and 67 A @ –48 VDC for input 1 on a three-input

240-A DC power supply

• 50 A @ –48 VDC (nominal) for each power supply input on a four-input 240-A DC power supply

• 56 A @ –48 VDC (nominal) for each power supply input on a four-input 240-A DC power supply

If you do not plan to allow for future growth, you can use the information in Table 1 to calculate the typical power consumption @ –48 VDC and typical thermal output for your current hardware configuration.

Table 78 on page 136

lists the power requirements for various hardware components when the router is operating under typical voltage conditions.

Table 78: T640 Component DC Power Requirements

Component

Current Requirement

(Amps @ –48 VDC)

16.9 A Base system, not including FPCs and PICs (includes five SIBs, one host subsystem, one SCG, cooling system, and craft interface), and two DC power supplies

SIB: Standard SIB, standard SIB version B, or T640-SIB

Enhanced FPC1 and Enhanced II FPC1

Enhanced Scaling FPC1

0.8 A

3.4 A

7.1 A

FPC2, Enhanced FPC2, and Enhanced II FPC2

Enhanced Scaling FPC2

FPC3, Enhanced FPC3, and Enhanced II FPC3

Enhanced Scaling FPC3

3.4 A

7.5 A

6.8 A

9.1 A

Chapter 10: DC Power Requirements and Specifications

Table 78: T640 Component DC Power Requirements (continued)

Component

Type 4 FPC

T640 Enhanced Scaling FPC4-1P

Host subsystem (Routing Engine and control board)

SCG

Power supply

Cooling system (normal speed)

Cooling system (full speed)

Craft interface

PIC—Generalized typical value

PIC (Type 3)—Generalized maximum value

PIC (Type 4)—Generalized maximum value

6.7 A

22 A

0.2 A

0.625 A

1.2 A

3.3 A

Current Requirement

(Amps @ –48 VDC)

8.2 A

7.0 A

2.6 A

0.2 A

1.7 A

These examples use generalized values for PICs. For PIC power requirements, see the

T640 Core Router Interface Module Reference .

• Example of calculating power consumption for a minimum configuration under typical voltage conditions:

Base System + 1 FPC3 + 1 PIC =

16.9 A + 6.8 A + 0.625 A = 24.3 A @ –48 VDC = 1,166 W

• Example of calculating power consumption for a maximum configuration under typical voltage conditions:

Base System + 8 Enhanced Scaling FPC3 + 1 Host + 1 SCG + 32 PICs =

16.9 A + 8(9.1 A) + 2.6 A + 0.2 A + 32(1.2 A) =

16.9 A + 72.8 A + 2.6 A + 0.2 A + 38.4 A = 130.9 A @ –48 VDC = 6283 W

• Current requirement adjustment for fans running at full speed (high temperature environment or cooling component failure):

Calculated system current (X) – Cooling (normal) + Cooling (full speed) =

X A – 6.7 A + 22 A = X A + 15.3 A

137

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

• Input current from a DC source other than –48 VDC (based on maximum configuration):

(–54 VDC input) x (input current X) = (–48 VDC) x (input current Y)

54 x X = 48 x 94.1 A

X = 48 x 94.1 A/54 = 83.6 A

• Example of calculating system thermal output:

Watts DC/0.293 = BTU/hr

6283/0.293 = 21,444 BTU/hr

Documentation

•

T640 DC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 133

•

•

T640 DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 134

•

T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 551

T640 DC Power Distribution

Most sites distribute DC power through a main conduit that leads to frame-mounted DC power distribution panels, one of which might be located at the top of the rack that houses the router. A pair of cables (one input and one return) connects each set of terminal studs to the power distribution panel.

NOTE: INPUT 0 and INPUT 1 on the three-input 240-A DC power supply in slot PEM0 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A, and INPUT 0 and INPUT 1 on the three-input 240-A DC power supply in slot

PEM1 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.

NOTE: All inputs on the four-input 240-A DC power supply in slot PEM0 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A, and all inputs on the four-input 240-A DC power supply in slot PEM1 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.

Chapter 10: DC Power Requirements and Specifications

NOTE: All inputs on the six-input DC power supply in slot PEM0 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A, and all inputs on the six-input DC power supply in slot PEM1 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.

Figure 54 on page 139

and

Figure 55 on page 139

shows a typical DC source cabling arrangement.

Figure 54: Typical DC Source Cabling from PEM0 to Feed A

PEM 0

Feed A

Central office primary & secondary

DC power distribution

Rectifiers

Ground window

Central office ground

Batteries

Plant controls

Battery plant

Figure 55: Typical DC Source Cabling from PEM1 to Feed B

PEM1

Chassis grounding points

CO ground

Feed B

Central office

Primary & secondary

DC power distribution

Rectifiers

Ground window

Central office ground

Batteries

Plant controls

Battery plant

139

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Documentation

•

T640 DC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 133

•

•

T640 DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 134

•

T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 551

T640 DC Power Cable and Lug Specifications

The accessory box shipped with the T640 router includes eighteen 4-AWG (21.2 mm

) cable lugs for the DC cables that attach to the terminal studs of each power supply (see

Figure 56 on page 140 ). the number of DC cables and cable lugs required varies depending

on the power supply (see

Table 79 on page 140 ). Each DC power cable requires one cable

lug. One cable lug shown is also used for the grounding the chassis.

CAUTION: Before router installation begins, a licensed electrician must attach a cable lug to the power cables that you supply. A cable with an incorrectly attached lug can damage the router.

Figure 56: T640 DC Power Cable Lug

2.25

End view

0.55

0.28

2 holes

0.25

0.63

0.37

4 AWG conductor

Crimp area

All measurements in inches 0.08

Table 79: Number of Cables Required

Power Supply

2-input 160-A DC power supply

3-input 240-A DC power supply

Number of DC Cables per Power Supply

4-input 240-A DC power supply 8

Table 80: T640 Power Cable Specifications

Quantity and Specification Connector Specification

Eight 4-AWG (21.2 mm

) (minimum) copper conductor, or as required by the local code.

Cable lug; dual hole, sized to fit 1/4-20 UNC terminal studs at 15.86-mm (0.625-in.) center line.

Chapter 10: DC Power Requirements and Specifications

WARNING: For field-wiring connections, use copper conductors only.

For other electrical safety information, see

“T640 General Electrical Safety

Guidelines and Electrical Codes” on page 551

CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity. The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (–) to indicate their polarity. There is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each power supply.

CAUTION: Power cables must not block access to router components or drape where people could trip on them.

Documentation

•

T640 DC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 133

•

•

T640 DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 134

•

T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 551

141

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 11

AC Power Requirements and

Specifications

•

T640 AC Power System Specifications on page 143

•

T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply Specifications on page 144

•

T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply Specifications on page 144

•

T640 AC Power Requirements on page 145

•

T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply Description on page 114

T640 AC Power System Specifications

Table 81 on page 143

lists the AC power system electrical specifications.

Table 81: T640 AC Power System Electrical Specifications

Item Specification

AC input voltage

AC input line frequency

AC system current rating

AC system input power

Delta operating range: 200 - 240 VAC (line-to-line) (nominal)

Wye operating range: 346 - 415 VAC (line-to-line) (nominal)

Delta 60 Hz (nominal)

Wye: 50 Hz (nominal)

Delta: 34 A @ 200 VAC (line-to-line)

Wye: 20 A @ 346 VAC (line-to-line)

Delta: 11765 W

Wye: 11765 W

Documentation

•

•

T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply Specifications on page 144

•

T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply Specifications on page 144

•

T640 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 559

143

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply Specifications

Table 82 on page 144

lists the three-phase delta AC power supply electrical specifications.

Table 82: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply Electrical Specifications

Item Specification

Maximum output power

AC input voltage

10,000 W

Operating range: 200 – 240 VAC (line-to-line) (nominal)

AC input line frequency

AC input current rating

Maximum input

60 Hz (nominal)

28.3 A @ 240 VAC maximum (line-to-line)

11,765 W per input

Documentation

•

T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply Description on page 114

•

Connecting AC Power to a T640 Router with Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supplies on page 249

•

T640 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 559

•

T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply Description on page 114

T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply Specifications

Table 83 on page 144

lists the three-phase wye AC power supply electrical specifications.

Table 83: Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply Electrical Specifications

Item Specification

Maximum output power 10,000 W

AC input voltage

AC input line frequency

AC input current rating

Maximum input

Operating range: 346 – 415 VAC (line-to-line) (nominal)

50 Hz (nominal)

16.4 A @ 415 VAC maximum (line-to-line)

11,775 W per input

Documentation

•

•

Connecting AC Power to a T640 Router with Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supplies on page 252

Chapter 11: AC Power Requirements and Specifications

•

T640 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 559

•

Table 84 on page 145 , Table 85 on page 145

T640 AC Power Requirements

To allow for future growth so that you can operate the router in any hardware configuration without upgrading the power infrastructure, we recommend that you provision 11,765 W per each three-phase delta AC power supply or 11,775 W per each three-phase wye AC power supply.

If you do not plan to provision 11,765 W per each three-phase delta AC power supply or

11,775 W per each three-phase wye AC power supply, you can use the information in

and the T640 Core Router Interface Module

Reference to calculate power consumption for various hardware configurations, input current from a different source voltage, and thermal output, as shown in the following examples for an AC-powered router.

Table 84 on page 145

lists the power requirements for various hardware components when the router is operating under typical voltage conditions. For power requirements for specific PICs, see the T640 Core Router Interface Module Reference .

Table 84: T640 Base AC Power Requirements

Component Power Requirement (Watts)

Base system, not including FPCs and PICs

(includes five SIBs, one host subsystem (T-CB and

600, 1600, or 2000 Routing Engine ), one SCG, cooling system at normal speed, and craft interface), and two AC power supplies

954 W

Table 85: Typical AC Power Requirements for T640 Components

Component

Power

Requirement

(Watts)

Power Requirement

(Watts) with 85%

Efficiency

38 W 44 W SIB: Standard SIB, standard SIB version B, or

T640-SIB

Enhanced II FPC1

Enhanced Scaling FPC1

163.2 W

340.8 W

192 W

401 W

FPC2 and Enhanced II FPC2

FPC3 and Enhanced II FPC3

Enhanced Scaling FPC3

T640 Enhanced Scaling FPC4

163.2 W

326.4 W

437.28 W

393.6 W

192 W

384 W

514 W

463 W

145

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

146

Table 85: Typical AC Power Requirements for T640 Components (continued)

Component

Power

Requirement

(Watts)

Power Requirement

(Watts) with 85%

Efficiency

Host subsystem (600, 1600, or 2000 Routing

Engine and T-CB)

124.8 W 147 W

SCG

Redundant backup three-phase delta AC power supply

9.6 W

Not applicable

Redundant backup three-phase wye AC power supply

Cooling system (full speed – normal speed)

Craft interface

Not applicable

1056 W —

321.6 W =

734.4 W

9.6 W

PIC —Generalized typical value

PIC (Type 3)—Generalized maximum value

PIC (Type 4)—Generalized maximum value

30 W

57.6 W

158.4 W

11 W

91 W

864 W

11 W

35 W

68 W

186 W

• Example of calculating typical power consumption for minimum configuration:

Base System + 1 FPC3 + 1 PIC =

954 W + 384 W + 35 W= 2193 W

• Example of calculating typical power consumption for maximum configuration:

Base System +8 Enhanced Scaling FPC3 + 1 Host subsystem + 1 SCG + 32 PICs + fan tray (full speed – normal speed) =

954 W + 8 (514 W) + 147 W + 11 W + 32 (68 W) + 864 W =

954 W + 4112 W + 147 W + 11 W + 2176 W + 864 W = 8264 W

• Example of calculating system thermal output:

Watts DC/0.293 = BTU/hr

8264/0.293 = 28,205 BTU/hr

Documentation

•

T640 AC Power System Specifications on page 143

•

•

T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply Specifications on page 144

•

T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply Specifications on page 144

Chapter 11: AC Power Requirements and Specifications

•

Connecting AC Power to a T640 Router with Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supplies on page 252

T640 AC Power Cord Specifications

Most sites distribute power through a main conduit that leads to frame-mounted power distribution panels, one of which can be located at the top of the rack that houses the router. An AC power cord connects each power supply to the power distribution panel.

Each AC power supply has a metal wiring compartment that contains the AC terminal block and ground labeled GND . The wye AC terminal block consists of four input terminals labeled L1 , L2 , L3 , and N , from left to right. The delta AC terminal block consists of three input terminals labeled L1 , L2 , and L3 , from left to right.

Detachable AC power cords, each 4.5 m (approximately 14.8 ft) long, are supplied with the router. The AC power cord wires insert into the AC input terminals in the AC terminal block by screwdriver. The plug end of the power cord fits into the power source receptacle for your geographical location.

Table 86 on page 147

provides specifications and

Figure 57 on page 147

and

Figure 58 on page 148

depict the plug on the AC power cord provided for each region supported.

Table 86: Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Cord Specifications

Country Model Number

Electrical

Specification Plug Type Plug Color

Europe

North America

CBL-T-PWR-STR-WYE 32 A, 400 VAC

CBL-T-PWR-STR-DELTA 60 A, 250 VAC

IEC 60309

Red

Blue

Figure 57: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord

147

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 58: Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord

148

NOTE: In North America, AC power cords must not exceed 4.5 m

(approximately 14.75 ft) in length, to comply with National Electrical Code

(NEC) Sections 400-8 (NFPA 75, 5-2.2) and 210-52, and Canadian Electrical

Code (CEC) Section 4-010(3). The cords supplied with the router are in compliance.

WARNING: The router is pluggable type A equipment installed in a restricted-access location. It has a separate protective earthing terminal

(sized for UNC 1/4-20 ground lugs) provided on the chassis in addition to the grounding pin of the power supply cord. This separate protective earthing terminal must be permanently connected to earth.

CAUTION: Power cords and cables must not block access to device components or drape where people could trip on them.

Documentation

•

•

Connecting AC Power to a T640 Router with Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supplies on page 249

•

Replacing a T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply Cord on page 420

•

Replacing a T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply Cord on page 433

•

T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply Specifications on page 144

•

T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply Specifications on page 144

CHAPTER 12

Network Cable and Transceiver Planning

•

Understanding Fiber-Optic Cable Signal Loss, Attenuation, and Dispersion on page 149

•

Calculating Power Budget and Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cables on page 150

Understanding Fiber-Optic Cable Signal Loss, Attenuation, and Dispersion

This topic describes signal loss, attenuation, and dispersion in fiber-optic cable.

•

Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cable on page 149

•

Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable on page 149

Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cable

Multimode fiber is large enough in diameter to allow rays of light to reflect internally

(bounce off the walls of the fiber). Interfaces with multimode optics typically use LEDs as light sources. However, LEDs are not coherent sources. They spray varying wavelengths of light into the multimode fiber, which reflects the light at different angles. Light rays travel in jagged lines through a multimode fiber, causing signal dispersion. When light traveling in the fiber core radiates into the fiber cladding, higher-order mode loss results.

Together these factors limit the transmission distance of multimode fiber compared with single-mode fiber.

Single-mode fiber is so small in diameter that rays of light can reflect internally through one layer only. Interfaces with single-mode optics use lasers as light sources. Lasers generate a single wavelength of light, which travels in a straight line through the single-mode fiber. Compared with multimode fiber, single-mode fiber has higher bandwidth and can carry signals for longer distances.

Exceeding the maximum transmission distances can result in significant signal loss, which causes unreliable transmission.

Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable

Correct functioning of an optical data link depends on modulated light reaching the receiver with enough power to be demodulated correctly.

Attenuation is the reduction in power of the light signal as it is transmitted. Attenuation is caused by passive media components, such as cables, cable splices, and connectors. Although attenuation is significantly lower for optical fiber than for other media, it still occurs in both multimode

149

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide and single-mode transmission. An efficient optical data link must have enough light available to overcome attenuation.

Dispersion is the spreading of the signal over time. The following two types of dispersion can affect an optical data link:

• Chromatic dispersion—Spreading of the signal over time resulting from the different speeds of light rays.

• Modal dispersion—Spreading of the signal over time resulting from the different propagation modes in the fiber.

For multimode transmission, modal dispersion, rather than chromatic dispersion or attenuation, usually limits the maximum bit rate and link length. For single-mode transmission, modal dispersion is not a factor. However, at higher bit rates and over longer distances, chromatic dispersion rather than modal dispersion limits maximum link length.

An efficient optical data link must have enough light to exceed the minimum power that the receiver requires to operate within its specifications. In addition, the total dispersion must be less than the limits specified for the type of link in Telcordia Technologies document GR-253-CORE (Section 4.3) and International Telecommunications Union

(ITU) document G.957.

When chromatic dispersion is at the maximum allowed, its effect can be considered as a power penalty in the power budget. The optical power budget must allow for the sum of component attenuation, power penalties (including those from dispersion), and a safety margin for unexpected losses.

Calculating Power Budget and Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cables

Use the information in this topic and the specifications for your optical interface to calculate the power budget and power margin for fiber-optic cables.

TIP: You can use the Hardware Compatibility Tool to find information about the pluggable transceivers supported on your Juniper Networks device.

To calculate the power budget and power margin, perform the following tasks:

Calculating Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cable on page 150

Calculating Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cable on page 151

Calculating Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cable

To ensure that fiber-optic connections have sufficient power for correct operation, you need to calculate the link's power budget, which is the maximum amount of power it can transmit. When you calculate the power budget, you use a worst-case analysis to provide a margin of error, even though all the parts of an actual system do not operate at the worst-case levels. To calculate the worst-case estimate of power budget (P

B you assume minimum transmitter power (P

) and minimum receiver sensitivity (P

Chapter 12: Network Cable and Transceiver Planning

= P

– P

The following hypothetical power budget equation uses values measured in decibels

(dB) and decibels referred to one milliwatt (dBm):

= P

– P

= –15 dBm – (–28 dBm)

= 13 dB

Calculating Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cable

After calculating a link's power budget, you can calculate the power margin (P

), which represents the amount of power available after subtracting attenuation or link loss (LL) from the power budget (P

). A worst-case estimate of P

M assumes maximum LL:

= P

– LL

M greater than zero indicates that the power budget is sufficient to operate the receiver.

Factors that can cause link loss include higher-order mode losses, modal and chromatic dispersion, connectors, splices, and fiber attenuation.

Table 87 on page 151

lists an estimated amount of loss for the factors used in the following sample calculations. For information about the actual amount of signal loss caused by equipment and other factors, refer to vendor documentation.

Table 87: Estimated Values for Factors Causing Link Loss

Link-Loss Factor Estimated Link-Loss Value

Higher-order mode losses Single mode—None

Multimode—0.5 dB

Modal and chromatic dispersion

Connector

Splice

Fiber attenuation

Single mode—None

Multimode—None, if product of bandwidth and distance is less than 500

MHz-km

0.5 dB

Single mode—0.5 dB/km

Multimode—1 dB/km

The following sample calculation for a 2-km-long multimode link with a power budget

) of 13 dB uses the estimated values from

Table 87 on page 151

to calculate link loss

(LL) as the sum of fiber attenuation (2 km @ 1 dB/km, or 2 dB) and loss for five connectors

(0.5 dB per connector, or 2.5 dB) and two splices (0.5 dB per splice, or 1 dB) as well as higher-order mode losses (0.5 dB). The power margin (P

) is calculated as follows:

151

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

= P

– LL

= 13 dB – 2 km (1 dB/km) – 5 (0.5 dB) – 2 (0.5 dB) – 0.5 dB

= 13 dB – 2 dB – 2.5 dB – 1 dB – 0.5 dB

= 7 dB

The following sample calculation for an 8-km-long single-mode link with a power budget

) of 13 dB uses the estimated values from

Table 87 on page 151

to calculate link loss

(LL) as the sum of fiber attenuation (8 km @ 0.5 dB/km, or 4 dB) and loss for seven connectors (0.5 dB per connector, or 3.5 dB). The power margin (P

M follows:

) is calculated as

= P

– LL

= 13 dB – 8 km (0.5 dB/km) – 7(0.5 dB)

= 13 dB – 4 dB – 3.5 dB

= 5.5 dB

In both examples, the calculated power margin is greater than zero, indicating that the link has sufficient power for transmission and does not exceed the maximum receiver input power.

CHAPTER 13

Management Cable Specifications and

Pinouts

•

T640 Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications on page 153

•

T640 DB-9 Connector Pinouts for the Routing Engine AUXILIARY and CONSOLE

Ports on page 154

•

T640 RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for the Routing Engine ETHERNET Port on page 154

T640 Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications

Table 88 on page 153

lists the specifications for the cables that connect to management ports and the wires that connect to the alarm relay contacts.

Table 88: Cable and Wire Specifications for Routing Engine Management and Alarm

Interfaces

Port Cable Specification

Cable/Wire

Supplied

Maximum

Length

Router

Receptacle

DB-9 male Routing Engine console or auxiliary interface

Routing Engine

Ethernet interface

Alarm relay contacts

RS-232 (EIA-232) serial cable

One 6-ft (1.83-m) length with

DB-9/DB-9 connectors

6 ft

(1.83 m)

Category 5 cable or equivalent suitable for

100Base-T operation

One 15-ft (4.57-m) length with

RJ-45/RJ-45 connectors

328 ft

(100 m)

Wire with gauge between 28-AWG and

14-AWG (0.08 and 2.08

)

NO None

RJ-45 autosensing

—

Documentation

•

T640 Connector Interface Panel (CIP) Description on page 19

•

153

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

T640 DB-9 Connector Pinouts for the Routing Engine AUXILIARY and CONSOLE Ports

The ports on the CIP labeled AUXILIARY and CONSOLE are DB-9 receptacles that accept

RS-232 (EIA-232) cable. The AUXILIARY port connects the Routing Engine to a laptop, modem, or other auxiliary unit, and the CONSOLE port connects it to a management console. The ports are configured as data terminal equipment (DTE).

Table 89 on page 154

describes the DB-9 connector pinouts.

Table 89: DB-9 Connector Pinouts

Pin Signal Direction Description

DCD

RxD

TxD

<–

–>

Carrier Detect

Receive Data

Transmit Data

DTR

Ground

DSR

RTS

CTS

RING

–>

—

<–

–>

<–

Data Terminal Ready

Signal Ground

Data Set Ready

Request To Send

Clear To Send

Ring Indicator

Documentation

•

T640 Connector Interface Panel (CIP) Description on page 19

•

Connecting the T640 Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device on page 218

•

T640 Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications on page 153

T640 RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for the Routing Engine ETHERNET Port

The port on the CIP labeled ETHERNET is an autosensing 10/100 millions of packets per second (Mbps) Ethernet RJ-45 receptacle that accepts an Ethernet cable for connecting the Routing Engine to a management LAN (or other device that supports out-of-band management).

Table 90 on page 154

describes the RJ-45 connector pinouts.

Table 90: RJ-45 Connector Pinouts

Pin Signal

1 TX+

Chapter 13: Management Cable Specifications and Pinouts

Table 90: RJ-45 Connector Pinouts (continued)

Pin Signal

TX –

RX+

Termination network

RX–

Termination network

Documentation

•

T640 Connector Interface Panel (CIP) Description on page 19

•

Connecting the T640 Router to a Network for Out-of-Band Management on page 221

•

T640 Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications on page 153

155

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

PART 3

Initial Installation and Configuration

•

Installation Overview on page 159

•

Unpacking the T640 on page 161

•

Installing the Rack Mounting Hardware on page 167

•

Installing the T640 Router into a Rack on page 173

•

Installing the T640 Router With a Mechanical Lift on page 175

•

Installing the T640 Router Without a Mechanical Lift on page 185

•

Connecting the T640 to Ground on page 215

•

Connecting the T640 to External Devices on page 217

•

Providing Power to the T640 on page 227

•

Configuring the Junos OS Software on page 259

157

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 14

Installation Overview

•

“T640 Site Preparation Checklist” on page 125

T640 Router Installation Summary

It is important to proceed through the installation process in the following order:

Prepare your installation site.

See

Review the safety guidelines.

See

“General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices” on page 525

Unpack the router and verify the parts received.

“Unpacking the T640 Router” on page 161

Install the mounting hardware.

See

“Installing the T640 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet” on page 167

“Installing the T640 Mounting Hardware for an Open-Frame Rack” on page 170 .

Install the router.

See

“Mounting the T640 Chassis Using a Mechanical Lift” on page 179

“Installing the T640 Chassis in the Rack Manually” on page 199 .

Ground the router.

See

“Connecting the T640 Grounding Cable” on page 216

Connect the router to a management device.

See

“Connecting the T640 Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device” on page 218 .

159

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Power on the router.

See

“Powering On a DC-Powered T640 Router” on page 247

Perform the initial system configuration.

See

“Initially Configuring the T640 Router” on page 259

Documentation

•

•

Tools and Parts Required to Unpack the T640 Router on page 161

CHAPTER 15

Unpacking the T640

•

•

Unpacking the T640 Router on page 161

•

Verifying the T640 Router Parts Received on page 163

Tools and Parts Required to Unpack the T640 Router

To unpack the router and prepare for installation, you need the following tools:

• Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2

• 1/2-in. or 13-mm open-end or socket wrench to remove bracket bolts from the shipping pallet

• Blank panels to cover any slots not occupied by a component

Documentation

•

•

Unpacking the T640 Router

The router is shipped in a wooden crate. A wooden pallet forms the base of the crate.

The router chassis is bolted to this pallet. Quick Start installation instructions and a cardboard accessory box are also included in the shipping crate.

The shipping crate measures 50 in. (127 cm) high, 30 in. (76.2 cm) wide, and 41 in. (104 cm) deep. The total weight of the crate containing the router and accessories can range from

582 lb (267 kg) to 650 lb (295 kg).

To unpack:

NOTE: The router is maximally protected inside the shipping crate. Do not unpack it until you are ready to begin installation.

161

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Move the shipping crate to a staging area as close to the installation site as possible, where you have enough room to remove the components from the chassis. While the chassis is bolted to the pallet, you can use a forklift or pallet jack to move it.

Position the shipping crate with the arrows pointing up.

Open all the latches on the shipping crate.

Remove the front door of the shipping crate cover and set it aside.

Slide the remainder of the shipping crate cover off the pallet.

Remove the foam covering the top of the router.

Remove the accessory box and the Quick Start documentation.

Verify the parts received.

Remove the vapor corrosion inhibitor (VCI) packs attached to the pallet, being careful not to break the VCI packs open.

10.

To remove the brackets holding the chassis on the pallet, use a 1/2-in. socket wrench and a number 2 Phillips screwdriver to remove the bolts and screws from the brackets.

11.

Store the brackets and bolts inside the accessory box.

12.

Save the shipping crate cover, pallet, and packing materials in case you need to move or ship the router at a later time.

13.

Proceed with the installation.

Figure 59: Contents of the Shipping Crate

Chapter 15: Unpacking the T640

Documentation

•

Verifying the T640 Router Parts Received on page 163

•

•

Installing the T640 Router Using a Mechanical Lift on page 176

•

Installing the T640 Chassis in the Rack Manually on page 199

Verifying the T640 Router Parts Received

A packing list is included in each shipment. Check the parts in the shipment against the items on the packing list. The packing list specifies the part numbers and descriptions of each part in your order.

If any part is missing, contact a customer service representative.

The main shipment contains the router chassis with installed components, listed in

Table 91 on page 163 , and an accessory box, which contains the parts listed in

Table 92 on page 165 .

Table 91: Router Parts List

Component Quantity

Chassis, including midplane, craft interface 1

FPCs

PICs

SIBs

Up to 8

Up to 4 per FPC

163

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Table 91: Router Parts List (continued)

Component

Routing Engines

Control boards

SCGs

Power supplies

CIP

Front fan trays

Rear fan tray

Quick Start installation

Large mounting shelf—Required for all mounting options.

Small mounting shelf—Required only for four-post rack or cabinet

Spacer bars (attached to the back of the front-mounting flanges on the chassis—Required only for four-post rack or cabinet

Blank panels for slots without components installed

Quantity

1 or 2

1 or 2 (one for each Routing Engine)

1 or 2

One blank panel for each slot not occupied by a component

Chapter 15: Unpacking the T640

Table 92: Accessory Box Parts List

Part Quantity

Affidavit for T1 connection

Connectors for alarm relay cables

DB-9 (male) to DB-25

(female) adapter

ESD wrist strap with cable

Ethernet cable, 15-ft length, to connect Routing Engine to management device

PCMCIA Card holder and hook-and-loop fasteners

(male and female)

1 of each

DC power and grounding cable lugs

36 lugs are included.

One lug is for the grounding cable. The remaining cable lugs are for the DC power cables. The number of cable lugs varies depending on the power supply and how many cables are being connected.

Screws to fasten grounding cable to chassis

Washers for grounding cable lug

Optional cable management restraints

Product warranty

Read me first document

Screws to mount chassis

Serial cable, 6-ft length, to connect Routing Engine to management console

End User License Agreement 1

Bag of 14

Documentation

•

Installing the T640 Router Using a Mechanical Lift on page 176

•

165

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

•

Installing the T640 Chassis in the Rack Manually on page 199

CHAPTER 16

Installing the Rack Mounting Hardware

•

Installing the T640 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet on page 167

•

Installing the T640 Mounting Hardware for an Open-Frame Rack on page 170

Installing the T640 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet

To prepare to install the T640 router into a four-post rack or cabinet:

• Install cage nuts, if needed.

• Install the large mounting shelf and the spacer bars on the front rack rail.

• Install the small mounting shelf on the rear rack rail.

• Remove the center-mounting brackets from the chassis.

The mounting brackets and flanges have holes for rack-mounting screws, spaced at

5.25 in. (13.34 cm).

specifies the holes in which you insert mounting screws (an X indicates a mounting hole location), and cage nuts if needed. The hole distances are relative to one of the standard U divisions on the rack. The bottom of all mounting shelves is at 0.04 in. (0.02 U) above a U division.

Table 93: T640 Four-Post or Cabinet Rack Mounting Hole Locations

Hole Distance Above U Division

Large

Shelf

Spacer

Bars

Small

Shelf

34.75 in. (88.3 cm)

29.51 in. (74.9 cm)

24.26 in. (61.6 cm)

19.01 in. (48.3 cm)

19.86 U

16.86 U

13.86 U

10.86 U

13.76 in. (34.9 cm)

8.51 in. (21.6 cm)

7.86 U

4.86 U

X X

167

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Table 93: T640 Four-Post or Cabinet Rack Mounting Hole Locations (continued)

Hole Distance Above U Division

Large

Shelf

Spacer

Bars

Small

Shelf

6.76 in. (17.1 cm)

5.01 in. (12.7 cm)

3.26 in. (8.3 cm)

1.51 in. (3.8 cm)

0.88 in. (2.2 cm)

3.86 U

2.86 U

1.86 U

0.86 U

0.50 U X

X X

To install the mounting shelves and spacer bars:

Install cage nuts, if needed, in the mounting holes specified in

• On the front rack rails, install cage nuts in the holes specified for the large shelf and the spacer bars.

• On the rear rack rails, install cage nuts in the holes specified for the small shelf.

On the front of each front rack rail, partially insert a mounting screw into the lowest hole specified in

for the large shelf and the spacer bars.

Install the large shelf on the front rack rails. Rest the bottom slot of each flange on a mounting screw.

Tighten all the screws completely.

The router is shipped with each spacer bar attached to the rear of each front-mounting flange. Remove each spacer bar by removing the screws that fasten the spacer bar to the front-mounting flange.

shows the front-mounting flanges.

Place one of the spacer bars over a flange of the installed large shelf. Position the notch in the rear of the spacer bar so the upper part of the bar is flush with the rack rail and the lower part is flush with the flange of the shelf (see

Figure 60 on page 169 ).

Insert a mounting screw into each of the nonthreaded holes in the recesses of the spacer bar to secure the spacer bar. Each hole should have a cage nut behind it.

Repeat Steps

and

for the other spacer bar.

Tighten all the screws completely.

Chapter 16: Installing the Rack Mounting Hardware

10.

On the back of each rear rack rail, partially insert a mounting screw into the lowest hole specified in

for the small shelf.

11.

Install the small shelf on the back rack rails. Rest the bottom slot of each flange on a mounting screw. The small shelf installs on the back of the rear rails, extending toward the center of the rack. The bottom of the small shelf on the rear rack rails must align with the bottom of the large shelf on the front rack rails.

12.

Partially insert screws into the open holes in the ears of the small shelf.

13.

Tighten all the screws completely.

14.

Remove the center-mounting brackets from the chassis by loosening the screws at the top and bottom of each bracket.

shows the center-mounting brackets.

Figure 60: Positioning the Spacer Bar on the Rack

169

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 61: Installing the Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet

Documentation

•

Verifying the T640 Router Parts Received on page 163

•

•

Installing the T640 Mounting Hardware for an Open-Frame Rack on page 170

•

T640 Site Preparation Checklist on page 125

Installing the T640 Mounting Hardware for an Open-Frame Rack

Before installing the T640 router into an open-frame rack, you must first install the large mounting shelf on the rack. If you are front-mounting the router, you must remove the center-mounting brackets from the chassis. In an open-frame rack, center-mounting is generally preferable to front-mounting because the more even distribution of weight provides greater stability. The small mounting shelf and the spacer bars are not needed.

To install the mounting hardware for an open-frame rack (see

Figure 62 on page 171

Install cage nuts, if needed, in the mounting holes specified in

Table 94 on page 172 .

On the rear of each rack rail, partially insert a mounting screw into the lowest hole specified in

Table 94 on page 172

for the large shelf.

Chapter 16: Installing the Rack Mounting Hardware

Install the large shelf on the rack. Rest the bottom slot of each flange on a mounting screw.

Partially insert screws into the open holes in the ears of the large shelf.

Tighten all the screws completely.

Remove the mounting brackets from the chassis by loosening the screws at the top and bottom of each bracket.

The router is shipped with each spacer bar attached to the rear of each front-mounting flange. Remove each spacer bar by removing the screws that fasten the spacer bar to the front-mounting flange.

shows the front-mounting flanges.

Figure 62: Installing the Mounting Hardware for an Open-Frame Rack

Table 94 on page 172

specifies the mounting holes in which you insert the mounting screws

(an X indicates a mounting hole location), and cage nuts if needed. The hole distances

171

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

44 are relative to one of the standard U divisions on the rack. For reference, the bottom of all mounting shelves is at 0.04 in. (0.02 U) above a U division.

Table 94: T640 Open-Frame Rack Mounting Hole Locations

Hole Distance Above U Division Large Shelf

34.13 in. (86.7 cm)

30.63 in. (77.8 cm)

28.88 in. (73.3 cm)

25.38 in. (64.5 cm)

19.50 U

17.50 U

16.50 U

14.50 U

23.63 in. (60.0 cm)

20.13 in. (51.1 cm)

18.38 in. (46.7 cm)

17.75 in. (45.1 cm)

13.50 U

11.50 U

10.50 U

10.14 U

Documentation

•

Verifying the T640 Router Parts Received on page 163

•

•

T640 Site Preparation Checklist on page 125

CHAPTER 17

Installing the T640 Router into a Rack

•

Overview of Installing the T640 Router in a Rack on page 173

Overview of Installing the T640 Router in a Rack

Before installing the router in a rack, verify that the following tasks have been completed:

Review the

“T640 Site Preparation Checklist” on page 125

to verify that all the tasks required to prepare the site for router installation have been completed.

Review the safety information. To avoid harm to yourself or the router as you install and maintain it, follow the guidelines for working with and near electrical equipment, as well as the safety procedures for working with routers. However, providing an exhaustive set of guidelines for working with electrical equipment is beyond the scope of this documentation.

See

“T640 Installation Safety Guidelines” on page 533

and

“General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices” on page 525

Remove the router from the shipping crate.

See

“Unpacking the T640 Router” on page 161 .

Install the mounting hardware.

See

“Installing the T640 Mounting Hardware for an Open-Frame Rack” on page 170

“Installing the T640 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet” on page 167 .

Because of the router's size and weight—up to 565 lb (256.3 kg) depending on the configuration—we strongly recommend that you install the router using a mechanical lift, as described in

“Installing the T640 Router Using a Mechanical Lift” on page 176 . If

you do not use a lift to install the router, refer to

“Installing the T640 Chassis in the Rack

Manually” on page 199

for complete instructions to safely install the router. Without a mechanical lift, at least four people are needed to safely lift the chassis into the rack or cabinet.

173

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 18

Installing the T640 Router With a

Mechanical Lift

•

Overview of Installing a T640 Router Using a Mechanical Lift on page 175

•

Tools Required to Install the T640 Router Using a Mechanical Lift on page 175

•

Installing the T640 Router Using a Mechanical Lift on page 176

Overview of Installing a T640 Router Using a Mechanical Lift

Because of the T640 router's size and weight—up to 565 lb (256.3 kg) depending on the configuration—we strongly recommend that you install the router using a mechanical lift.

Gather the tools required to install the router.

See

“Tools Required to Install the T640 Router Using a Mechanical Lift” on page 175

Install the router using a mechanical lift.

See

“Installing the T640 Router Using a Mechanical Lift” on page 176

Remove the power supplies.

Attach the installation handle.

Mount the chassis in the rack or cabinet.

Remove the installation handle, and reinstall the power supplies.

Tools Required to Install the T640 Router Using a Mechanical Lift

To install the T320 chassis using a mechanical lift, you need the following tools:

• Mechanical lift

• Phillips (+) screwdrivers, number 2

175

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Documentation

•

•

Removing the T640 Power Supplies on page 176

Installing the T640 Router Using a Mechanical Lift

Attaching the T640 Router Installation Handle on page 177

Mounting the T640 Chassis Using a Mechanical Lift on page 179

Removing the T640 Router Installation Handle and Reinstalling the Power

Supplies on page 182

Removing the T640 Power Supplies

The power supplies are located at the rear of the chassis below the SIBs. Each two-input

160-A DC power supply weighs approximately 23 lb (10.5 kg). Each three-input 240-A

DC power supply weighs approximately 25 lb (11.3 kg). Each four-input 240-A DC power supply weighs approximately 26.6 lb (12.0 kg). Each six-input DC power supply weighs

39.7 lb (18.0 kg). Each AC power supply weighs 31.0 lb (14.06 kg).

To remove the power supplies, starting with the upper power supply:

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

Switch the circuit breakers on the two-input 160-A, three-input 240-A, or four-input

240-A DC power supply faceplates to the off position ( O ), or the power switches on the AC power supply or six-input DC power supply faceplates to the standby position.

We recommend this even though the power supplies are not connected to power sources.

Loosen the captive screws on the lower corners of the power supply faceplate completely.

Twist the ejector handles on the upper corners of the faceplate counterclockwise to unseat the power supply.

Grasp the handle on the power supply faceplate and pull firmly to start removing the power supply. Slide it halfway out of the chassis (see

Figure 63 on page 177

CAUTION: Be prepared to support the full weight of the power supply as you remove it from the router.

Chapter 18: Installing the T640 Router With a Mechanical Lift

Place one hand underneath the power supply to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis.

Repeat the procedure for the other power supply.

NOTE:

Figure 63 on page 177

shows the two-input 160-A DC power supply, but the procedure also applies to the three-input 240-A DC power supply, four-input 240-A DC power supply, or six-input DC power supply.

Figure 63: Removing a Power Supply Before Installing the Router

Attaching the T640 Router Installation Handle

To assist you with the installation of the T640 router, attach the installation handle over the power supply slots of the chassis. To remove the power supplies and attach the handle, starting with the upper power supply:

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

Switch the circuit breakers on the two-input 160-A, three-input 240-A, or four-input

240-A power supply faceplate to the off position ( O ), or switch the power switch on the six-input DC power supply to the standby position. We recommend this even though the power supplies are not connected to power sources.

Loosen the captive screws on the lower corners of the power supply faceplate completely. Twist the ejector handles on the upper corners of the faceplate counterclockwise to unseat the power supply.

Twist the ejector handles on the upper corners of the faceplate counterclockwise to unseat the power supply.

177

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Grasp the handle on the power supply faceplate and pull firmly to start removing the power supply. Slide it halfway out of the chassis (see

Figure 64 on page 178

CAUTION: Be prepared to support the full weight of the power supply as you remove it from the router.

Place one hand underneath the power supply to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis.

Repeat the procedure for the other power supply.

Attach the installation handle by tightening the captive screws of the handle into the holes previously occupied by the captive screws of the power supplies (see

Figure 65 on page 179 ).

Figure 64: Removing a Power Supply Before Installing the Installation Handle

Chapter 18: Installing the T640 Router With a Mechanical Lift

Figure 65: Attaching the Installation Handle

Mounting the T640 Chassis Using a Mechanical Lift

CAUTION: Before front-mounting the router in a rack, have a qualified technician verify that the rack is strong enough to support the router's weight and is adequately supported at the installation site.

To install the T640 router using a lift (see

Figure 67 on page 182 ):

If you are installing the router in an open-frame rack, ensure that the rack is in its permanent location and is secured to the building. Ensure that the installation site allows adequate clearance for both airflow and maintenance. For details, see

“T640

Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance” on page 130

Load the router onto the lift, making sure it rests securely on the lift platform (see

Figure 66 on page 181 ).

CAUTION: Do not lift the router using the installation handle, or the handles on the sides of the chassis. Use these handles only to help position the router.

Using the lift, position the router in front of the rack or cabinet, centering it in front of the mounting shelves.

Lift the chassis approximately 0.75 in. above the surface of the mounting shelves and position it as close as possible to the shelves.

179

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Carefully slide the router onto the mounting shelves so that the bottom of the chassis and the mounting shelves overlap by approximately 2 inches.

With one person pulling on the installation handle from the rear of the rack or cabinet while two people push on the front-mounting flanges, slide the router onto the mounting shelves until the mounting brackets or front-mounting flanges contact the rack rails or spacer bars (depending on your type of installation). The shelves ensure that the holes in the mounting brackets and the front-mounting flanges of the chassis align with the holes in the rack rails.

If you center-mount the chassis, you use the center-mounting brackets attached to the chassis; if you front-mount the chassis, you use the front-mounting flanges.

Move the lift away from the rack.

If you are installing the router in a four-post rack or cabinet, install a mounting screw and a cage nut into each of the holes aligned with the threaded holes in the spacer bars. If you are installing the router in an open-frame rack, install a mounting screw into each of the open mounting holes aligned with the rack, starting from the bottom.

Visually inspect the alignment of the router. If the router is installed properly in the rack, all the mounting screws on one side of the rack should be aligned with the mounting screws on the opposite side and the router should be level.

Chapter 18: Installing the T640 Router With a Mechanical Lift

Figure 66: Loading the Router onto the Lift

181

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 67: Installing the Router in the Rack

NOTE: This illustration depicts the router being installed in a four-post rack.

For an illustration of the mounting hardware required for an open-frame rack, see

Figure 62 on page 171

Removing the T640 Router Installation Handle and Reinstalling the Power Supplies

After you have installed the T640 router, remove the installation handle and reinstall the two power supplies in the chassis, starting with the lower power supply:

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

Loosen the captive screws on the installation handle completely, and remove the handle from the chassis.

Switch the circuit breakers on the two-input 160-A, three-input 240-A, or four-input

240-A power supply faceplate to the off position ( O ), or the power switch on the AC power supplies or six-input DC power supplies to the standby position.

Chapter 18: Installing the T640 Router With a Mechanical Lift

Using both hands, slide the power supply into the chassis until you feel resistance.

Twist the ejector handles at the upper corners of the power supply faceplate clockwise until they stop.

Tighten the captive screws at the lower corners of the power supply faceplate to secure the power supply in the chassis.

Repeat the procedure for the upper power supply.

Figure 68: Reinstalling a Power Supply

Documentation

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

•

•

Overview of Installing the T640 Router Without a Mechanical Lift on page 185

183

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 19

Installing the T640 Router Without a

Mechanical Lift

•

•

Tools and Parts Required to Install the T640 Router Without a Mechanical

Lift on page 186

•

Removing Components from the T640 Chassis on page 186

•

Attaching the T640 Router Installation Handle on page 198

•

Installing the T640 Chassis in the Rack Manually on page 199

•

Reinstalling Components in the T640 Chassis on page 202

Overview of Installing the T640 Router Without a Mechanical Lift

To install the T640 router without a mechanical lift:

Review the safety information. To avoid harm to yourself or the router as you install it, follow the safety guidelines and procedures for working with routers. However, providing an exhaustive set of guidelines for working with electrical equipment is beyond the scope of this documentation.

See

“General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices” on page 525

, and “T640

Installation Safety Guidelines” on page 533

Verify that the site has been prepared for the router installation.

See

“T640 Site Preparation Checklist” on page 125

Verify that the mounting hardware has been installed.

See

“Installing the T640 Mounting Hardware for an Open-Frame Rack” on page 170

or “Installing the T640 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet” on page 167 .

Remove the router from the shipping crate.

See Unpacking the T1600 Router .

Gather the tools required to install the router.

185

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

See

“Tools and Parts Required to Install the T640 Router Without a Mechanical Lift” on page 186

Remove components from the chassis to make it easier to install into the rack or chassis.

See

“Removing Components from the T640 Chassis” on page 186

Install the T640 Chassis in the Rack Manually.

NOTE: With components removed, the chassis weighs approximately 205 lb (93 kg). At least four people are needed to safely lift the chassis into the rack or cabinet.

See

“Installing the T640 Chassis in the Rack Manually” on page 199 .

Reinstall the components removed from the chassis.

See

“Reinstalling Components in the T640 Chassis” on page 202 .

Documentation

•

Tools and Parts Required to Install the T640 Router Without a Mechanical Lift

To install the T640 router, you need the following tools and parts:

• Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2

• Flat-blade (–) screwdriver, number 1

• 7/16-in.(11 mm) nut driver or socket wrench

• ESD grounding wrist strap

Documentation

•

•

Removing the T640 Power Supplies on page 187

Removing Components from the T640 Chassis

If you cannot use a mechanical lift to install the T640 router (the preferred method), you can install it manually. Before installing the router manually, you must first remove most components from the chassis, and you must reinstall the components after the router is installed in the rack. With components removed, the chassis weighs approximately

205 lb (93 kg).

Chapter 19: Installing the T640 Router Without a Mechanical Lift

This procedure to remove components from the chassis is for initial installation only, and assumes that you have not connected power cables or cords to the router. The procedure describes how to remove components from the chassis, first from the rear and then from the front:

•

•

Removing the T640 SIBs on page 188

•

Removing the T640 Control Boards on page 189

•

Removing the T640 SCGs on page 191

•

Removing the T640 Standard or Quiet Rear Fan Tray on page 192

•

Removing the T640 Cable Management System on page 193

•

Removing the T640 Standard or Quiet Front Fan Trays on page 194

•

Removing the T640 FPCs on page 196

Removing the T640 Power Supplies

The power supplies are located at the rear of the chassis below the SIBs. Each two-input

160-A DC power supply weighs approximately 23 lb (10.5 kg). Each three-input 240-A

DC power supply weighs approximately 25 lb (11.3 kg). Each four-input 240-A DC power supply weighs approximately 26.6 lb (12.0 kg). Each six-input DC power supply weighs

26.6 lb (12.0 kg). Each AC power supply weighs 31.0 lb (14.06 kg).

To remove the power supplies, starting with the upper power supply:

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

Switch the circuit breakers on the DC power supply faceplates to the off position ( O ) or the power switches on the AC power supply faceplates to the standby position.

We recommend this even though the power supplies are not connected to power sources.

Loosen the captive screws on the lower corners of the power supply faceplate completely.

Twist the ejector handles on the upper corners of the faceplate counterclockwise to unseat the power supply.

Grasp the handle on the power supply faceplate and pull firmly to start removing the power supply. Slide it halfway out of the chassis (see

Figure 69 on page 188

CAUTION: Be prepared to support the full weight of the power supply as you remove it from the router.

187

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Place one hand underneath the power supply to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis.

Repeat the procedure for the other power supply.

NOTE:

Figure 69 on page 188

shows the two-input 160-A DC power supply, but the procedure also applies to the three-input 240-A DC power supply, four-input 240-A DC power supply, or six-input DC power supply.

Figure 69: Removing a Power Supply Before Installing the Router

•

Reinstalling the T640 Power Supplies on page 208

•

•

T640 DC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 133

Removing the T640 SIBs

Five standard SIBs, SIB version B, or T640-SIBs are installed in the router. The SIBs are located in the rear of the chassis in the slots marked SIB0 through SIB4 . Each SIB weighs approximately 6.8 lb (3.1 kg).

To remove a SIB (see

Figure 70 on page 189 ):

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

Chapter 19: Installing the T640 Router Without a Mechanical Lift

Loosen the captive screws (using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2) on the ejector handles on each side of the SIB faceplate.

Flip the ejector handles outward to unseat the SIB.

Grasp both ejector handles, pull firmly, and slide the SIB about three-quarters of the way out of the chassis.

Place one hand underneath the SIB to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis. Place it on the antistatic mat.

Repeat the procedure for each of the remaining SIBs.

Figure 70: Removing a SIB

•

Reinstalling the T640 SIBs on page 207

•

Upgrading to a T640 Standard SIB Version B on page 446

Removing the T640 Control Boards

The router can have up to two control boards. These are located in the upper rear of the chassis in the slots marked CB0 and CB1 . Each one weighs approximately 5 lb (2.3 kg).

189

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

To remove the T640 control boards (see

Figure 71 on page 190

and

Figure 72 on page 191 ):

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

Loosen the captive screws on the ejector handles on both sides of the control board faceplate.

Flip the ejector handles outward to unseat the control board.

Grasp the ejector handles and slide the control board about halfway out of the chassis.

Place one hand underneath the control board to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis. Place it on the antistatic mat.

CAUTION: Do not stack hardware components on one another after you remove them. Place each component on an antistatic mat resting on a stable, flat surface.

Repeat the procedure for the second control board.

Figure 71: Removing a T-CB

Figure 72: Removing an LCC-CB

Chapter 19: Installing the T640 Router Without a Mechanical Lift

See Also • T640 Control Boards Description

•

T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs) LEDs on page 72

•

•

Troubleshooting the T640 Host Subsystem on page 494

•

•

Removing the T640 SCGs

The router can have one or two SCGs installed. The SCGs are located in the upper rear of the chassis, above the control boards and Routing Engines. Each SCG weighs approximately 1.9 lb (0.9 kg).

To remove the SCGs (see

Figure 73 on page 192 ):

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

Loosen the captive screws on the edges of the SCG faceplate.

Grasp the SCG by the handle on the faceplate, and slide it out of the chassis.

Place the SCG on the antistatic mat.

Repeat the procedure for the second SCG.

191

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 73: Removing an SCG

Removing the T640 Standard or Quiet Rear Fan Tray

WARNING: Use this procedure only for routers that are powered off.

The rear fan tray is mounted vertically on the right side of the rear of the chassis. Each standard or quiet rear fan tray weighs about 10 lb (4.5 kg).

To remove the rear fan tray (see

Figure 74 on page 193

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

Loosen the captive screws on the top and bottom of the fan tray faceplate, using a

Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2.

Grasp the handles and pull the fan tray out of the chassis.

Chapter 19: Installing the T640 Router Without a Mechanical Lift

Figure 74: Removing the Rear Fan Tray

See Also •

•

T640 Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance on page 130

•

Removing the T640 Cable Management System

The cable management system is located below the FPC card cage. The cable management system weighs approximately 5 lb (2.3 kg).

To remove the cable management system:

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

193

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Using a 3/8-in. nut driver, unscrew the nuts on the corners of the cable management system.

Grasp the bottom of the cable management system and pull it straight out from the studs on the front of the chassis.

•

Reinstalling the T640 Cable Management System on page 213

•

Removing the T640 Standard or Quiet Front Fan Trays

WARNING: Use this procedure only for routers that are powered off.

The upper front fan tray is located above the FPC card cage, and the lower front fan tray is located below the air filter. Each standard front fan tray weighs about 18.6 lb (8.4 kg).

Each quiet front fan tray weighs about 17.8 lb (8.1 kg).

To remove the standard front fan trays (see

Figure 75 on page 195 ):

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

Loosen the captive screws on the corners of the faceplate of one of the fan trays.

Grasp the handles and pull the fan tray halfway out of the chassis.

Place one hand under the fan tray to support it and pull the fan tray completely out of the chassis.

Repeat the procedure to remove the remaining front fan tray.

To remove the quiet upper front fan tray (see

Figure 76 on page 196

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

Loosen the captive screws on the corners of the fan tray faceplate.

Grasp both sides of the fan tray, and pull the fan tray out of the chassis approximately

1 to 3 inches.

Chapter 19: Installing the T640 Router Without a Mechanical Lift

Press the two latches located on each side of the fan tray up to release the fan tray from the chassis.

Place one hand under the fan tray to support it and pull the fan tray completely out of the chassis.

To remove the quiet lower front fan tray:

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

Loosen the captive screws on the corners of the fan tray faceplate.

Grasp both sides of the fan tray, and pull the fan tray out of the chassis approximately

1 to 3 inches.

Press the two latches located on each side of the fan tray up to release the fan tray from the chassis.

Place one hand under the fan tray to support it and pull the fan tray completely out of the chassis.

Figure 75: Removing the Standard Upper Front Fan Tray

195

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 76: Removing the Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray

•

T640 Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance on page 130

•

Reinstalling T640 Standard or Quiet Front Fan Trays on page 211

Removing the T640 FPCs

The router holds up to eight FPCs, which are installed vertically in the front of the router.

An empty FPC weighs approximately 25 lb (11.3 kg) and a fully configured FPC can weigh up to 32 lb (14.5 kg).

To remove an FPC (see

Figure 77 on page 197 ):

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

Before removing the FPCs, record their location in the chassis so that you can reinstall each FPC in the correct slot.

If you are removing a Type 2 FPC or Type 3 FPC, loosen the screws inside the ejector handles at the top and bottom of the FPC faceplate.

Simultaneously turn both the ejector handles counterclockwise to unseat the FPC.

Grasp the handles and slide the FPC straight out of the card cage halfway.

Place one hand around the front of the FPC (the PIC housing) and the other hand under it to support it. Slide the FPC completely out of the chassis, and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.

Chapter 19: Installing the T640 Router Without a Mechanical Lift

CAUTION: The weight of the FPC is concentrated in the back end. Be prepared to accept the full weight—up to 32 lb (14.5 kg)—as you slide the

FPC out of the chassis.

When the FPC is out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector handles or edge connectors. They cannot support its weight.

Do not stack FPCs on top of one another after removal. Place each one individually in an electrostatic bag or on its own antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

Repeat the procedure for each remaining FPC.

Figure 77: Removing a T640 FPC

See Also •

Holding and Storing T640 FPCs on page 471

197

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

•

Documentation

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

•

T640 Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) Description on page 119

•

•

T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs) Description on page 70

•

•

Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance” on page 130

Attaching the T640 Router Installation Handle

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

Switch the circuit breakers on the two-input 160-A, three-input 240-A, or four-input

Loosen the captive screws on the lower corners of the power supply faceplate completely. Twist the ejector handles on the upper corners of the faceplate counterclockwise to unseat the power supply.

Twist the ejector handles on the upper corners of the faceplate counterclockwise to unseat the power supply.

Grasp the handle on the power supply faceplate and pull firmly to start removing the power supply. Slide it halfway out of the chassis (see

Figure 64 on page 178

CAUTION: Be prepared to support the full weight of the power supply as you remove it from the router.

Place one hand underneath the power supply to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis.

Chapter 19: Installing the T640 Router Without a Mechanical Lift

Repeat the procedure for the other power supply.

Attach the installation handle by tightening the captive screws of the handle into the holes previously occupied by the captive screws of the power supplies (see

Figure 65 on page 179 ).

Figure 78: Removing a Power Supply Before Installing the Installation Handle

Figure 79: Attaching the Installation Handle

Installing the T640 Chassis in the Rack Manually

To install the T640 router in the rack (see

Figure 81 on page 202 ):

CAUTION: If you are installing two routers in one rack, install the lower one first. Installing a router in the upper position in a rack or cabinet requires a lift.

199

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

CAUTION: Lifting the chassis and mounting it in a rack requires four people.

The empty chassis weighs approximately 205 lb (93 kg).

“T640

Attach the installation handle by tightening the captive screws of the handle into the holes previously occupied by the captive screws of the power supplies (see

Figure 80 on page 200

). Tighten the screws, using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2.

Figure 80: Attaching the Installation Handle

200

Position the router in front of the rack or cabinet, centering it in front of the mounting shelves. Use a pallet jack if one is available.

CAUTION: Do not lift the router using the installation handle, or the handles on the sides of the chassis. Use these handles only to help position the router.

With two people in the front and two people in the back, hold onto the bottom of the chassis and carefully lift it onto the mounting shelves.

Chapter 19: Installing the T640 Router Without a Mechanical Lift

WARNING: To prevent injury, keep your back straight and lift with your legs, not your back. Avoid twisting your body as you lift. Balance the load evenly and be sure that your footing is solid.

If you center-mount the chassis, you use the center-mounting brackets attached to the chassis; if you front-mount the chassis, you use the front-mounting flanges.

Loosen the captive screws on the installation handle completely, and remove the handle from the chassis.

201

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 81: Installing the Router in the Rack

NOTE: This illustration depicts the router being installed in a four-post rack.

For an illustration of the mounting hardware required for an open-frame rack, see

Figure 62 on page 171

Documentation

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

•

Installing the T640 Router Using a Mechanical Lift on page 176

•

•

Reinstalling the T640 Standard or Quiet Rear Fan Tray on page 203

Reinstalling Components in the T640 Chassis

After the T640 chassis is installed in the rack, you reinstall the removed components before booting and configuring the router. The following procedures describe how to reinstall components in the chassis, first in the rear and then in the front:

Reinstalling the T640 SCGs on page 204

Chapter 19: Installing the T640 Router Without a Mechanical Lift

Reinstalling the T640 Control Boards on page 205

Reinstalling the T640 SIBs on page 207

Reinstalling the T640 Power Supplies on page 208

Reinstalling the T640 FPCs on page 209

Reinstalling T640 Standard or Quiet Front Fan Trays on page 211

Reinstalling the T640 Cable Management System on page 213

Reinstalling the T640 Standard or Quiet Rear Fan Tray

To reinstall the rear fan tray (see

Figure 82 on page 204

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

Grasp the fan tray by its handles and insert it straight into the chassis.

Tighten the captive screws on the top and bottom of the fan tray faceplate to secure it in the chassis.

203

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 82: Reinstalling the Rear Fan Tray

•

Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 491

•

Reinstalling the T640 SCGs

To reinstall the SCGs (see

Figure 83 on page 205 ):

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

Carefully align the sides of the SCG with the guides in the SCG slot.

Chapter 19: Installing the T640 Router Without a Mechanical Lift

Grasp the SCG by its handle and slide it straight into the chassis until it contacts the midplane.

Tighten the captive screws on the corners of the SCG faceplate.

Repeat the procedure to reinstall the remaining SCG.

Figure 83: Reinstalling an SCG

•

Installing a T640 SCG on page 286

•

T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs) Description on page 70

Reinstalling the T640 Control Boards

To reinstall the control boards (see

Figure 84 on page 206

and

Figure 85 on page 206

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

Carefully align the sides of the control board with the guides inside the chassis.

Slide the control board into the chassis, carefully ensuring that it is correctly aligned.

Grasp both ejector handles and press them inward to seat the control board.

Tighten the captive screws on the ejector handles, using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2.

Repeat the procedure to reinstall the remaining control board.

205

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 84: Reinstalling a T-CB

Figure 85: Reinstalling an LCC-CB

206

•

•

T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs) LEDs on page 72

•

T640 Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) Description on page 119

Chapter 19: Installing the T640 Router Without a Mechanical Lift

Reinstalling the T640 SIBs

To reinstall the SIBs (see

Figure 86 on page 207

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

Place one hand underneath the SIB to support it. With the other hand, hold one of the ejector handles on the SIB faceplate.

Carefully align the sides of the SIB with the guides inside the chassis.

Slide the SIB into the chassis, carefully ensuring that it is correctly aligned.

Grasp both ejector handles and press them inward to seat the SIB.

Tighten the captive screws on the ejector handles.

Repeat the procedure for each of the remaining SIBs.

Figure 86: Reinstalling a SIB

•

•

Maintaining the T640 SIBs on page 481

•

Replacing a T640 SIB on page 443

207

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Reinstalling the T640 Power Supplies

Each two-input 160-A DC power supply weighs approximately 23 lb (10.5 kg). Each three-input 240-A DC power supply weighs approximately 25 lb (11.3 kg). Each four-input

240–A weighs approximately 26.6 lb (12.0 kg). Each six-input DC power supply weighs

39.7 lb (18.0 kg).

Reinstall the lower power supply first, then the upper power supply. To reinstall the power supplies, see

Figure 87 on page 209

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

Switch the circuit breakers on the two-input 160-A, three-input 240-A, or four-input

240-A power supply faceplate to the off position ( O ), or the power switch on the AC power supplies or six-input DC power supplies to the standby position.

Using both hands, slide the power supply into the chassis until you feel resistance.

Twist the ejector handles at the upper corners of the power supply faceplate clockwise until they stop.

Tighten the captive screws at the lower corners of the power supply faceplate to secure the power supply in the chassis.

Repeat the procedure for the upper power supply.

CAUTION:

“Removing the T640 Power Supplies” on page 187

shows the two-input 160-A DC power supply, but the procedure also applies to the three-input 240-A DC power supply, four-input 240-A DC power supply, or six-input DC power supply.

Chapter 19: Installing the T640 Router Without a Mechanical Lift

Figure 87: Reinstalling a Power Supply

•

T640 DC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 133

•

Reinstalling the T640 FPCs

To reinstall FPCs (see

Figure 88 on page 210

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

Using the list you created when you removed the FPCs, locate the slot in the FPC card cage in which you plan to install the FPC.

Inspect the slots in the FPC card cage to verify that there are no missing or bent pins on the midplane.

Inspect each FPC to verify that the connectors are not misaligned or damaged.

CAUTION: When the FPC is out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector handles, bus bars, or edge connectors. They cannot support its weight.

Lift the FPC into place and carefully align first the bottom and top of the FPC with the guides inside the card cage. Be sure the FPC is right-side up, with the components on the right of the FPC.

Gently rest the bottom edge of the FPC on the bottom edge of the slot opening, making contact a short distance forward of the power connector.

209

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

CAUTION: Take care not to bend or otherwise damage the power connector prongs.

Slide the FPC all the way into the card cage until you feel resistance.

Starting with the ejector handles on the FPC faceplate nearly horizontal, simultaneously turn both ejector handles clockwise to seat the FPC.

If you are installing a Type 2 FPC or Type 3 FPC, tighten the screws inside the ejector handles to secure the FPC. Do not overtighten them.

10.

Repeat the procedure to reinstall each remaining FPC.

Figure 88: Reinstalling an FPC

Chapter 19: Installing the T640 Router Without a Mechanical Lift

•

Maintaining T640 FPCs on page 470

•

•

Reinstalling T640 Standard or Quiet Front Fan Trays

To reinstall the standard front fan trays (see

Figure 91 on page 212 ):

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

Grasp one of the fan trays by its handles and insert it straight into the chassis.

Tighten the captive screw on each side of the fan tray faceplate to secure it in the chassis.

Repeat the procedure to reinstall the remaining fan tray.

To reinstall the quiet front fan trays:

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

Locate the fan tray labeled FAN-T-FTOP-S UPPER FANTRAY .

Press the two latches located on each side of the quiet upper front fan tray up, and insert the fan tray straight into the upper front fan tray slot (see

Figure 89 on page 212 ).

Grasp the upper front fan tray by its handles and insert it straight into the upper fan tray slot (see

Figure 89 on page 212 .

Tighten the captive screws on each side of the fan tray faceplate to secure it in the chassis.

Locate the quiet lower fan tray labeled FAN-T-FBOT-S LOWER FANTRAY .

Press the two latches located on each side of the quiet lower front fan tray up, and insert the fan tray straight into the lower front fan tray slot (see

Figure 90 on page 212 ).

Tighten the captive screws on each side of the quiet lower front fan tray faceplate to secure it in the chassis.

211

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 89: Reinstalling the Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray

Figure 90: ReInstalling the Quiet Lower Front Fan Tray

Figure 91: Reinstalling the Standard Upper Front Fan Tray

212

•

•

Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 491

Chapter 19: Installing the T640 Router Without a Mechanical Lift

•

Reinstalling the T640 Cable Management System

To reinstall the cable management system:

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Position the cable management system on the studs on the lower front of the chassis.

Insert the nuts through the holes in the cable management system onto the studs on the chassis.

Using a 3/8-in. nut driver, tighten the nuts securely.

•

Removing the T640 Cable Management System on page 193

•

Documentation

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

•

•

T640 SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) Description on page 27

•

•

T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs) Description on page 70

•

T640 Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) Description on page 119

213

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 20

Connecting the T640 to Ground

•

Tools and Parts Required to Ground the T640 Router on page 215

•

T640 Chassis Grounding Cable and Lug Specifications on page 126

Tools and Parts Required to Ground the T640 Router

• Grounding cable (which you must provide)

• Grounding lug (provided with the router)

Figure 92: Grounding Lug

• M6 screws or UNC 1/4-20 screws

• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap

Documentation

•

•

“T640 Chassis Grounding Cable and Lug

215

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Connecting the T640 Grounding Cable

You ground the T640 router by attaching a grounding cable to the grounding points on the chassis. You must provide the grounding cable (the cable lugs are supplied with the router). For grounding cable specifications, see

Specifications” on page 126

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

Make sure that grounding surfaces are clean and brought to a bright finish before grounding connections are made.

Connect the grounding cable to a proper earth ground.

Verify that a licensed electrician has attached the cable lug provided with the router to the grounding cable.

Place the grounding cable lug over the grounding The left pair is sized for M6 bolts, and the right pair is sized for UNC 1/4-20 bolts.

Secure the grounding cable lug to the grounding points, first with the washers, then with the screws.

Verify that the grounding cabling is correct, that the grounding cable does not touch or block access to router components, and that it does not drape where people could trip on it.

Documentation

•

T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 551

•

Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 560

CHAPTER 21

Connecting the T640 to External Devices

•

Overview of Connecting the T640 Router to External Devices on page 217

•

Tools and Parts Required to Connect the T640 Router to External Devices on page 218

•

Connecting the T640 Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device on page 218

•

Connecting the T640 Router to a Network for Out-of-Band Management on page 221

•

Connecting the T640 Router to an External Alarm-Reporting Device on page 223

•

Connecting the T640 Router to an External Clocking Device on page 224

•

Connecting PIC Cables to the T640 Router on page 225

Overview of Connecting the T640 Router to External Devices

After you have grounded the T640 Core Router, you can connect the following external devices:

• An external console or auxiliary device to the CONSOLE ports on the Connector Interface

Panel (CIP).

See

“Connecting the T640 Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device” on page 218

• A laptop, modem, or other auxiliary device to the AUXILIARY ports on the Connector

Interface Panel (CIP).

See

“Connecting the T640 Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device” on page 218

• A management network to the ETHERNET ports on the Connector Interface Panel

(CIP).

See

“Connecting the T640 Router to a Network for Out-of-Band Management” on page 221

• An external alarm-reporting device to the alarm relay contacts on the CIP.

See

“Connecting the T640 Router to an External Alarm-Reporting Device” on page 223 .

• An external clocking device to the EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUTS on the SONET clock generator with RJ-48 ports.

See

“Connecting the T640 Router to an External Clocking Device” on page 224 .

217

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

NOTE: The external clock inputs on the SCG with DB-9 ports are not supported.

• A network connection to the ports on the PICs.

See

“Connecting PIC Cables to the T640 Router” on page 225

Documentation

•

Tools and Parts Required to Connect the T640 Router to External Devices on page 218

Tools and Parts Required to Connect the T640 Router to External Devices

To connect the router to management devices and PICs, you need the following tools and parts:

• Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2

• 2.5-mm flat-blade (-) screwdriver

• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap

Documentation

•

Overview of Connecting the T640 Router to External Devices on page 217

Connecting the T640 Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device

(EIA-232) serial cable with a DB-9 female connector. One DB-9/DB-9 cable is provided with the router. To connect a device to the CONSOLE port, and another device to the

AUXILIARY port, you must supply another cable.

To connect a management console or auxiliary device:

Turn off the power to the console or auxiliary device.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Connect one end (shown in

Figure 93 on page 219 ) of a serial cable with a DB-9 female

connector to the appropriate CONSOLE or AUXILIARY port (see

Figure 94 on page 220

The ports labeled HOST 0 connect to the Routing Engine in the upper Routing Engine slot ( RE0 ), and the ports labeled HOST 1 connect to the Routing Engine in the lower

Routing Engine slot ( RE1 ).

Chapter 21: Connecting the T640 to External Devices

NOTE:

For console devices, configure the serial port to the following values:

• Baud rate—9600

• Parity—N

• Data bits—8

• Stop bits—1

• Flow control—none

Using a 2.5-mm flat-blade screwdriver, tighten the screws on the connector.

Attach the other end of the cable to the console or auxiliary device.

Figure 93: Console and Auxiliary Serial Port Connector

219

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 94: Console and Auxiliary Ports on the CIP

220

Documentation

•

Overview of Connecting the T640 Router to External Devices on page 217

•

Tools and Parts Required to Connect the T640 Router to External Devices on page 218

•

T640 DB-9 Connector Pinouts for the Routing Engine AUXILIARY and CONSOLE Ports on page 154

•

T640 Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications on page 153

Chapter 21: Connecting the T640 to External Devices

Connecting the T640 Router to a Network for Out-of-Band Management

To connect the Routing Engine to a network for out-of-band management, connect an

Ethernet with RJ-45 connectors to the ETHERNET port on the CIP. One cable is provided with the router.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Turn off the power to the management device.

Plug one end of the Ethernet cable (

Figure 95 on page 221

shows the connector) in to the appropriate ETHERNET port on the CIP (see

Figure 96 on page 222 ). The ports

labeled HOST 0 connect to the Routing Engine in the upper Routing Engine slot ( RE0 ), and the ports labeled HOST 1 connect to the Routing Engine in the lower Routing

Engine slot ( RE1 ).

Plug the other end of the cable into the network device.

Figure 95: Routing Engine Ethernet Cable Connector

221

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 96: ETHERNET Port on the CIP

HOST

ETHERNET

ACT 0

YEL = 10M

GRN = 100M

CONSOLE

AUXILIARY

HOST

ETHERNET

ACT 1

YEL = 10M

GRN = 100M

CONSOLE

AUXILIARY

RED ALARM

YELLOW

ALARM

Documentation

•

Overview of Connecting the T640 Router to External Devices on page 217

•

Tools and Parts Required to Connect the T640 Router to External Devices on page 218

•

T640 Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications on page 153

•

T640 RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for the Routing Engine ETHERNET Port on page 154

Chapter 21: Connecting the T640 to External Devices

Connecting the T640 Router to an External Alarm-Reporting Device

To connect the router to external alarm-reporting devices, attach wires to the RED ALARM and YELLOW ALARM relay contacts on the CIP. A system condition that triggers the red or yellow alarm LED on the craft interface also activates the corresponding alarm relay contact.

The terminal blocks that plug into the alarm relay contacts are supplied with the router.

They accept wire of any gauge between 28-AWG and 14-AWG (0.08 and 2.08 mm

), which is not provided. Use the gauge of wire appropriate for the external device you are connecting.

To connect an external device to an alarm relay contact:

Prepare the required length of wire with gauge between 28-AWG and 14-AWG (0.08

and 2.08 mm

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

While the terminal block is not plugged into the relay contact, use a 2.5-mm flat-blade screwdriver to loosen the small screws on its side. With the small screws on its side facing left, insert wires into the slots in the front of the block based on the wiring for the external device. Tighten the screws to secure the wire.

Orient the terminal block according to the labels to the left of the appropriate relay contact ( NC means “normally closed, C means “common,” and ( NO means “normally open”).

Plug the terminal block into the relay contact and use a 2.5-mm flat-blade screwdriver to tighten the screws on the face of the block.

Attach the other end of the wires to the external device.

If attaching a reporting device for the other kind of alarm, repeat the procedure.

Documentation

•

Overview of Connecting the T640 Router to External Devices on page 217

•

T640 Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications on page 153

•

Tools and Parts Required to Connect the T640 Router to External Devices on page 218

223

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Connecting the T640 Router to an External Clocking Device

To connect the router to one or two external clocking devices, connect a cable with RJ-48 connectors to one of the EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUTS ports on the SCG.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Plug one end of the cable into the appropriate EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUTS port on the

SCG.

Plug the other end of the cable into the T1 external clocking device.

Repeat the procedure for the other EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUTS port on the SCG.

Verify that the LINK LED for each port is lit steadily green.

Configure the port. See the synchronization statement for M Series and T Series in the

Issue the show chassis synchronization command to check the status of the port.

user@host> show chassis synchronization user@host> show chassis synchronization

Clock Synchronization Status :

Clock module on SCG 0

Current state : master

Current clock state : locked to external-a

Selected for : 2 hours, 28 minutes, 4 seconds

Selected since : 2006-02-17 01:12:58 PST

Configured sources

Source Priority Deviation Last deviation Status

(in ppm) (in ppm)

external-a primary measuring -0.10 in-use

external-b secondary -0.10 -0.10 qualified

Clock Synchronization Status :

Clock module on SCG 1

Current state : backup

Current clock state : locked to master SCG

Selected for : 19 hours, 49 minutes, 14 seconds

Selected since : 2006-02-16 07:51:48 PST

Configured sources

Source Priority Deviation Last deviation Status

(in ppm) (in ppm)

external-a primary -0.25 -0.25 qualified

external-b secondary -0.25 -0.25 qualified

Chapter 21: Connecting the T640 to External Devices

Documentation

•

T640 SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) Description on page 27

•

Overview of Connecting the T640 Router to External Devices on page 217

•

•

Tools and Parts Required to Connect the T640 Router to External Devices on page 218

• T640 RJ-48 Connector Pinouts for the SCG EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUTS Ports

Connecting PIC Cables to the T640 Router

The router supports PICs that use various kinds of network cable, including multimode and single-mode fiber-optic cable. For information about the type of cable used by each

PIC, see the PIC guide for your router.

You connect PICs to the network by plugging in network cable. To connect cable to the

PICs (see

Figure 97 on page 226 , which shows a fiber-optic PIC):

Have ready a length of the type of cable used by the PIC. For cable specifications, see

Determining Transceiver Support and Specifications for M Series and T Series Routers in the T640 Core Router Interface Module Reference .

If the PIC cable connector port is covered by a rubber safety plug, remove the plug.

WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

Insert the cable connector into the cable connector port on the PIC faceplate.

Arrange the cable in the cable management system to prevent it from dislodging or developing stress points. Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop in the cable management system. Placing fasteners on the loop helps to maintain its shape.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

225

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

Figure 97: Attaching a Cable to a PIC

PIC

Fiber-optic cable

Documentation

•

Overview of Connecting the T640 Router to External Devices on page 217

•

•

Tools and Parts Required to Connect the T640 Router to External Devices on page 218

CHAPTER 22

Providing Power to the T640

•

Tools and Parts Required to Provide Power to the T640 Router on page 227

•

Connecting DC Power to a T640 Router with Two-Input 160-A DC Power

Supplies on page 228

•

Connecting DC Power to a T640 Router with Three-input 240-A DC Power Supplies

(2-INPUT Mode) on page 230

•

Connecting DC Power to a T640 Router with Four-Input 240-A DC Power

Supplies on page 232

•

Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Six 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power

Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Five 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power

•

Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Four 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power

•

•

Connecting AC Power to a T640 Router with Three-Phase Delta AC Power

•

Supplies on page 249

•

Connecting AC Power to a T640 Router with Three-Phase Wye AC Power

Supplies on page 252

•

•

Connecting DC Power to a T640 Router with Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supplies on page 228

Tools and Parts Required to Provide Power to the T640 Router

To provide power to the router, you need:

• DC-powered routers: 7/16-in. (11 mm) hexagonal-head external drive socket wrench, or nut driver, with a torque range between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm), for tightening nuts to terminal studs on each power supply on a DC-powered router.

CAUTION: You must use an appropriate torque-controlled tool to tighten the nuts. Applying excessive torque damages the terminal studs and the power supply. The absolute maximum torque that may be applied to this nut is 45 lb-in. (5.0 Nm).

227

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

• AC-powered router:

• Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2 to access the metal AC wiring compartment

• 1/4-in. slotted screwdriver or 5/32-in (4-mm) Allen wrench to attach the ground wire and input terminal wires of the AC power cord.

NOTE: The terminal connections have either slotted screws or hex screws.

Use a 1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in

(4-mm) Allen wrench for the 5/16-in hex screws.

• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap

Documentation

•

•

Connecting DC Power to a T640 Router with Three-input 240-A DC Power Supplies

(2-INPUT Mode) on page 230

•

Connecting DC Power to a T640 Router with Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supplies on page 232

•

Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Six 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power

Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Five 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power

•

Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Four 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power

•

Connecting AC Power to a T640 Router with Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supplies on page 252

•

•

Connecting AC Power to a T640 Router with Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supplies on page 249

•

T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 551

Connecting DC Power to a T640 Router with Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supplies

To connect the DC source power cables to each power supply in the T640 router:

Switch off the dedicated customer site circuit breakers. Follow the instructions for your site. Ensure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become active during installation.

Switch the circuit breakers on the power supply faceplate to the off position ( O ).

Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.

Chapter 22: Providing Power to the T640

Remove the nut and washer from each power terminal stud. If no washers and nuts are already installed, they should be in the accessory box.

Secure the cable lug on the DC power cable to the terminal stud, first with a washer, then with a nut (see

Figure 98 on page 230

). Use a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver or wrench to tighten the nut. Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut: a.

Secure each positive (+) DC source power cable lug to a RTN (return) terminal.

Secure each negative (–) DC source power cable lug to a –48V (input) terminal.

Loosen the captive screws on the cable restraints on the right edge of the power supply faceplate.

Route the positive and negative DC power cables through the top and bottom of each cable restraint.

Tighten the cable restraint captive screws to hold the power cables in place.

Verify that the power cabling is correct, that the power cables are not touching or blocking access to router components, and that they do not drape where people could trip on them.

10.

Replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs on the faceplate.

229

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 98: Connecting DC Power to a Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply

Documentation

•

Connecting DC Power to a T640 Router with Three-input 240-A DC Power Supplies

•

(2-INPUT Mode) on page 230

•

T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 551

•

Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 560

Connecting DC Power to a T640 Router with Three-input 240-A DC Power Supplies

(2-INPUT Mode)

To connect the DC source power cables to the T640 router:

Ensure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become active during installation.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Verify that the input mode switch is correctly set to 2–INPUT mode. See

“Setting the

Input Mode Switch on a Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply for a T640 Router” on page 374 .

Replace the cable restraint, if needed. See

“Replacing the T640 Cable Restraint on a

Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply” on page 376

Chapter 22: Providing Power to the T640

Switch the circuit breakers on the power supply faceplate to the OFF position ( O ).

Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.

Remove the nut and washer from the power terminal studs for INPUT O and INPUT 1 .

INPUT 2 is not supported for the T640 router. If no washers and nuts are already installed, they should be in the accessory box.

Secure the cable lug on the DC power cable to the terminal studs for INPUT O and

INPUT 1 , first with a washer, then with a nut (see

Figure 99 on page 232 ). Use a 7/16-in.

(11 mm) nut driver or wrench to tighten the nut. Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and

25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut): a.

Secure each positive (+) DC source power cable lug to a RTN (return) terminal.

Secure each negative (–) DC source power cable lug to a –48V (input) terminal.

B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.

INPUT 2 is not used for the T640 router.

Loosen the captive screw or screws on the cable restraint on the right edge of the power supply faceplate.

10.

Route the DC power cables through the cable restraint.

11.

Tighten the cable restraint captive screw or screws to hold the power cables in place.

231

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

12.

Verify that the power cabling is correct, that the power cables are not touching or blocking access to router components, and that they do not drape where people could trip on them.

13.

Replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs on the faceplate.

Figure 99: Connecting DC Power to a Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply in 2-INPUT

Mode

Documentation

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

•

T640 DC Power Distribution on page 138

•

•

T640 DC Power Cable and Lug Specifications on page 140

•

T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 551

•

Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 560

Connecting DC Power to a T640 Router with Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supplies

You connect DC power to the router by attaching power cables from the DC power sources to the terminal studs on the power supply faceplates. You must provide power cables

(the cable lugs are supplied with the router).

Chapter 22: Providing Power to the T640

To connect the DC source power cables to the router, follow this procedure for each power supply:

Ensure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become active during installation.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Switch the circuit breakers on the power supply faceplate to the OFF position ( O ).

Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.

Remove the nut and washer from each power terminal stud. If no washers and nuts are already installed, they should be in the accessory box.

Attach the lugs on the DC source power cables to the terminal studs. Secure the cable lugs to the terminal studs, first with the washers, then with the nuts.

Attach the positive (+) DC source power cable lugs to the RTN (return) terminals.

Attach the negative (–) DC source power cable lugs to the –48V (input) terminals.

Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver, tighten the nuts (see

Figure 100 on page 234

). Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut.

CAUTION: All inputs on the DC power supply in slot PEM0 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A, and all inputs on the DC power supply in slot PEM1 must be powered by dedicated power

233

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide feeds derived from feed B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.

Loosen the captive screws on the cable restraint on the right edge of the power supply faceplate (using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2).

Route the positive and negative DC power cables through the cable restraint.

Tighten the cable restraint captive screws to hold the power cables in place.

10.

Verify that the power cabling is correct, that the power cables are not touching or blocking access to router components, and that they do not drape where people could trip on them.

11.

Replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs on the faceplate.

Figure 100: Connecting Power to the Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply

Cable lug Terminal studs

Locking washer

Nut

234

Documentation

•

T640 DC Power Distribution on page 138

•

Chapter 22: Providing Power to the T640

•

T640 DC Power Cable and Lug Specifications on page 140

•

T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 551

•

Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 560

Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Six 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power

Supplies)

You connect DC power to the router by attaching power cables from the DC power sources to the terminal studs on the power supply faceplates. You must provide power cables

(the cable lugs are supplied with the router).

CAUTION: All connected inputs on the DC power supply in slot PEM0 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A, and all connected inputs on the DC power supply in slot PEM1 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.

NOTE: We recommend that the positive (+) DC source power cables for the

RTN (return) terminals be 2.6 in. (6.6 cm) longer than the negative (–) DC source power cables for the –48 V (input) terminals.

235

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

To connect DC source power cables to the router, follow this procedure for each DC power supply:

Verify that a properly rated customer site circuit breaker for each DC power cable has been installed. See the DC power electrical safety guidelines for your router for more information.

Switch off the customer site circuit breakers. Ensure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become active during installation.

Verify that a licensed electrician has attached appropriate cable lugs to the DC power cables. See the DC power cable and lug specifications for your router for more information.

Switch the power switch on the power supply faceplate to the standby position.

Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.

Remove the nut and washer from each power terminal stud to be connected. If no washers and nuts are already installed, they should be in the accessory box.

Remove the captive screws on all three cable restraints on the right edge of the power supply faceplate (using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2).

Route the negative (–) DC source power cables for INPUT 0 , INPUT 1 , INPUT 3 , and

INPUT 4 over the smallest cable restraint on the far right. The cable restraint is marked as follows top to bottom: INPUT 0 , INPUT 1 , INPUT 3 , and INPUT 4 .

NOTE: You must route the cables in the locations as marked to be able to replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs.

Attach the negative (–) DC source power cable lugs INPUT 0 , INPUT 1 , INPUT 3 , and

INPUT 4 to the –48 V (input) terminals on the right. Secure the cable lugs to the terminal studs, first with the washers, then with the nuts. Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver, tighten the nuts. Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut.

Chapter 22: Providing Power to the T640

Figure 101: Connecting DC Power Cables

Cable lug

Terminal studs

Locking washer

Nut

Figure 102: Connecting Negative (–) DC Power Cables to INPUT 0, INPUT 1, INPUT 3, and INPUT 4

Replace the smallest cable restraint on the far right, and tighten the captive screw to hold the power cables for INPUT 0 , INPUT 1 , INPUT 3 , and INPUT 4 in place.

10.

Route the negative (–) DC source power cables for INPUT 2 and INPUT 5 through the middle cable restraint. The middle cable restraint is marked as follows from top to bottom: INPUT 2 , RTN 2 , RTN 5 , and INPUT 5 .

NOTE: You must route the cables in the locations as marked to be able to replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs.

Attach the negative (–) DC source power cable lugs to the –48 V (input) terminals on the right. Secure the cable lugs to the terminal studs, first with the washers, then with the nuts. Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver, tighten the nuts. Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut.

237

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 103: Connecting Negative (–) DC Power Cables to INPUT 2 and INPUT 5

238

11.

Route the positive (+) DC source power cables for RTN 2 and RTN 5 over the middle cable restraint. The middle cable restraint is marked as follows from top to bottom:

INPUT 2 , RTN 2 , RTN 5 , and INPUT 5 .

NOTE: You must route the cables as marked to be able to replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs.

Attach the positive (+) DC source power cable lugs RTN 2 and RTN 5 to the RTN

(return) terminals on the left. Secure the cable lugs to the terminal studs, first with the washers, then with the nuts. Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver, tighten the nuts.

Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut.

12.

Replace the middle cable restraint, and tighten the captive screw to hold the power cables for INPUT 2 , INPUT 5 , RTN 2 , and RTN 5 in place.

13.

Route the positive (+) DC source power cables for RTN 0 , RTN 1 , RTN 3 , and RTN 4 over the largest cable restraint on the left. The left cable restraint is marked as follows from top to bottom: RTN 0 , RTN 1 , RTN 3 , and RTN 4 .

NOTE: You must route the cables as marked to be able to replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs.

Attach the positive (+) DC source power cable lugs to the RTN 0 , RTN 1 , RTN 3 , and

RTN 4 terminals on the left. Secure the cable lugs to the terminal studs, first with the washers, then with the nuts. Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver, tighten the nuts. Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut.

14.

Replace the left cable restraint, and tighten the captive screw to hold the power cables for RTN 0 , RTN 1 , RTN 3 , and RTN 4 in place.

Chapter 22: Providing Power to the T640

Figure 104: Connecting Positive (+) DC Power Cables to RTN 2, RTN 5, RTN 0, RTN 1,

RTN 3, and RTN 4

15.

Verify that the power cabling is correct, that the power cables are not touching or blocking access to router components, and that they do not drape where people could trip on them.

16.

Replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs on the faceplate.

Documentation

•

Tools and Parts Required to Provide Power to the T640 Router on page 227

•

Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Four 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power

Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Five 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power

•

• Powering On the T640 Router

•

•

•

T640 DC Power Cable and Lug Specifications on page 140

•

•

T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 551

•

Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 560

Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Five 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power

Supplies)

You connect DC power to the router by attaching power cables from the DC power sources to the terminal studs on the power supply faceplates. You must provide power cables

(the cable lugs are supplied with the router).

239

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

CAUTION: Do not use a terminal jumper for 60-A DC power cables. Using a terminal jumper is not supported for this procedure. Doing so will cause a short across the inputs and trip your external circuit breaker.

NOTE: We recommend that the positive (+) DC source power cables to be connected to the RTN (return) terminals be 2.6 in. (6.6 cm) longer than the negative (–) DC source power cables to be connected to the –48 V (input) terminals.

To connect five 60-A DC source power cables to the router, follow this procedure for each DC power supply:

Verify that a properly rated customer site circuit breaker for each DC power cable has been installed. See the DC power electrical safety guidelines for your router for more information.

Chapter 22: Providing Power to the T640

Verify that a licensed electrician has attached appropriate cable lugs to the DC power cables. See the DC power cable and lug specifications for your router for more information.

Switch the power switch on the power supply faceplate to the standby position.

Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.

Remove the nut and washer from each power terminal stud to be connected. If no washers and nuts are already installed, they should be in the accessory box.

Remove the captive screws on all three cable restraints on the right edge of the power supply faceplate (using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2).

Route the negative (–) DC source power cables for INPUT 0 , INPUT 1 , INPUT 3 , and

INPUT 4 , over the smallest cable restraint on the far right. The cable restraint is marked as follows top to bottom: INPUT 0 , INPUT 1 , INPUT 3 , and INPUT 4 ,

NOTE: You must route the cables in the locations as marked to be able to replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs.

Figure 105: Connecting DC Power Cables

Cable lug

Terminal studs

Locking washer

Nut

Attach the negative (–) DC source power cable lugs to the –48V (input) terminals on the right: INPUT 0 , INPUT 1 , INPUT 3 , and INPUT 4 . Secure the cable lugs to the terminal studs, first with the washers, then with the nuts. Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver, tighten the nuts. Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut.

241

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 106: Connecting Negative (–) DC Power Cables to INPUT 0, INPUT 1, INPUT 3, and INPUT 4

Replace the smallest cable restraint on the far right, and tighten the captive screw to hold the power cables for INPUT 0 , INPUT 1 , INPUT 3 , and INPUT 4 in place.

10.

Route the negative (–) DC source power cables for INPUT 2 , through the middle cable restraint. The middle cable restraint is marked as follows from top to bottom: INPUT

2 , RTN 2 , RTN 5 , and INPUT 5 .

NOTE: You must route the cable in the location as marked to be able to replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs.

Attach the negative (–) DC source power cable lugs to the INPUT 2 –48 V (input) terminal on the right. Secure the cable lug to the terminal studs, first with the washer, then with the nut. Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver, tighten the nut. Apply between

23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut.

Figure 107: Connecting Negative (–) DC Power Cable to INPUT 2

242

11.

Route the positive (+) DC source power cables for RTN 2 over the middle cable restraint. The middle cable restraint is marked as follows from top to bottom: INPUT

2 , RTN 2 , RTN 5 , and INPUT 5 ,

Chapter 22: Providing Power to the T640

NOTE: You must route the cables as marked to be able to replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs.

Attach the positive (+) DC source power cable lug to the RTN 2 (return) terminal on the left. Secure the cable lug to the terminal stud, first with the washer, then with the nut. Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver, tighten the nuts. Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6

Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to the nut.

12.

Replace the middle cable restraint, and tighten the captive screw to hold the power cables for INPUT 2 and RTN 2 in place.

13.

NOTE: You must route the cables as marked to be able to replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs.

Attach the positive (+) DC source power cable lugs to the RTN terminals on the left:

RTN 0 , RTN 1 , RTN 3 , and RTN 4 . Secure the cable lugs to the terminal studs, first with the washers, then with the nuts. Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver, tighten the nuts.

Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut.

14.

Replace the left cable restraint, and tighten the captive screw to hold the power cables for RTN 0 , RTN 1 , RTN 3 , and RTN 4 in place.

Figure 108: Connecting Positive (+) DC Power Cable to RTN 2, RTN 0, RTN 1, RTN 3,

RTN 4

15.

Verify that the power cabling is correct, that the power cables are not touching or blocking access to router components, and that they do not drape where people could trip on them.

16.

Replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs on the faceplate.

243

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Documentation

•

Tools and Parts Required to Provide Power to the T640 Router on page 227

•

Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Four 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power

Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Six 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power

•

• Powering On the T640 Router

•

•

•

T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 551

•

•

T640 DC Power Cable and Lug Specifications on page 140

•

Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 560

Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Four 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power

Supplies)

You connect DC power to the router by attaching power cables from the DC power sources to the terminal studs on the power supply faceplates. You must provide power cables

(the cable lugs are supplied with the router).

Chapter 22: Providing Power to the T640 color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each power supply.

NOTE: Both DC power supplies (PEM 0 and PEM 1) must be cabled and configured exactly the same. The DC power cables must be connected to the same input terminals on each power supply.

To connect four 60-A DC source power cables to the router, follow this procedure for each DC power supply:

Verify that a licensed electrician has attached the cable lugs provided with the router to the power cables. See the DC power cable and lug specifications for your router for more information.

Switch the power switch on the power supply faceplate to the standby position.

Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.

Remove the nut and washer from each power terminal stud to be connected ( INPUT

0 , INPUT 1 , INPUT 3 , INPUT 4 , and RTN 0 , RTN 1 , RTN 3 , and RTN 4 ). If no washers and nuts are already installed, they should be in the accessory box.

Remove the captive screws on the smallest cable restraint on the right edge of the power supply faceplate, and the largest cable restraint to the left (using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2).

Route the negative (–) DC source power cables for INPUT 0 , INPUT 1 , INPUT 3 , and

INPUT 4 , over the smallest cable restraint on the far right. The cable restraint is marked as follows top to bottom: INPUT 0 , INPUT 1 , INPUT 3 , and INPUT 4 .

NOTE: You must route the cables in the locations as marked to be able to replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs.

245

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 109: Connecting DC Power Cables

Cable lug

Terminal studs

Locking washer

Nut

Figure 110: Connecting Negative (–) DC Power Cables to INPUT 0, INPUT 1, INPUT 3, and

INPUT 4

246

Replace the smallest cable restraint on the far right, and tighten the captive screw to hold the power cables for INPUT 0 , INPUT 1 , INPUT 3 , and INPUT 4 in place.

NOTE: You must route the cables as marked to be able to replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs.

Attach the negative (–) DC source power cable lugs to the RTN terminals on the left:

RTN 0 , RTN 1 , RTN 3 , and RTN 4 . Secure the cable lugs to the terminal studs, first with the washers, then with the nuts. Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver, tighten the nuts.

Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut.

10.

Replace the left cable restraint, and tighten the captive screw to hold the power cables for RTN 0 , RTN 1 , RTN 3 , and RTN 4 in place.

Chapter 22: Providing Power to the T640

Figure 111: Connecting Positive (+) DC Power Cables to RTN 0, RTN 1, RTN 3, and RTN 4

11.

Verify that the power cabling is correct, that the power cables are not touching or blocking access to router components, and that they do not drape where people could trip on them.

12.

Replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs on the faceplate.

Documentation

•

Tools and Parts Required to Provide Power to the T640 Router on page 227

•

Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Five 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power

Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Six 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power

•

• Powering On the T640 Router

•

•

T640 DC Power Cable and Lug Specifications on page 140

•

•

T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 551

•

Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 560

Powering On a DC-Powered T640 Router

To power on a DC-powered router:

Verify that the power supply is fully inserted in the chassis and that the captive screws on their faceplates are tightened.

Verify that the source power cables are connected to the appropriate terminal: the positive (+) source cable to the return terminal (labeled RTN ) and the negative (–) source cable to the input terminal (labeled –48V ).

247

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Verify that an external management device is connected to one of the Routing Engine ports on the CIP ( AUXILIARY , CONSOLE , or ETHERNET ). For more information about connecting management devices, see

“Overview of Connecting the T640 Router to

External Devices” on page 217

Turn on the power to the external management device.

Switch on the customer site circuit breakers to provide voltage to the DC power source cables.

For a three-input 240-A DC power supply in 2–INPUT mode, four-input 240-A DC, or six-input DC power supply, verify that the INPUT PRESENT LEDs on the power supply faceplate are lit steadily, indicating that the inputs are receiving power.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Switch the circuit breakers on the two-input 160-A, three-input 240-A, or four-input

240-A DC power supply faceplate to the on position ( | ), or the power switch on the

AC power supplies or six-input DC power supplies to the on position.

NOTE: After a power supply is powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds for status indicators—such as the LEDs on the power supply, the command output displays, and messages on the LED display on the craft interface—to indicate that the power supply is functioning normally. Ignore error indicators that appear during the first 60 seconds.

For the two-input 160-A, three-input 240-A, or four-input 240-A power supplies, verify that the CB ON LEDs on the power supply faceplate are lit steadily. The CB ON LEDs blink momentarily, then light steadily to indicate that the circuit breakers are on.

10.

Verify that the DC OK LED on the power supply faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the power supply is correctly installed and is functioning properly.

NOTE: If any of the output status LEDs do not light steadily, repeat the installation and cabling procedures.

11.

On the external management device connected to the Routing Engine, monitor the startup process to verify that the system has booted properly.

Chapter 22: Providing Power to the T640

NOTE: The Routing Engine boots as the power supply completes its startup sequence. If the Routing Engine finishes booting and you need to power off the system, see

“Powering Off the T640 Router” on page 256 .

Documentation

•

Setting the Input Mode Switch on a Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply for a T640

Router on page 374

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

•

•

T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 551

•

Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 560

Connecting AC Power to a T640 Router with Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supplies

You connect AC power to the router with three-phase delta AC power supplies by connecting the AC power cord from an AC power supply to an AC power source.

To connect an AC power cord to an AC power source:

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

Switch off the customer site circuit breakers. Ensure that the voltage across the AC power source is 0 V and that there is no chance that the voltage might become active during installation.

Detach the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Switch the power switch on the power supply faceplate to the standby position.

Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, unscrew the two captive screws located on the right side of the metal AC wiring compartment.

Open the metal door of the metal AC wiring compartment.

Unscrew the retaining nut from the AC power cord.

Place the retaining nut inside the metal wiring compartment.

Put the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the metal wiring compartment.

249

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

10.

Screw the retaining nut onto the AC power cord to secure it to the metal wiring compartment.

Chapter 22: Providing Power to the T640

11.

Connect the wires to the AC terminal block on the three-phase delta AC power supply

(

Figure 112 on page 251

). Loosen the input terminal or grounding point screw, insert each wire into the grounding point or input terminal, and tighten the screw.

NOTE: The terminal connections have either slotted screws or hex screws.

Use a 1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in

(4-mm) Allen wrench for the 5/16-in hex screws.

Insert the wire labeled GND into the grounding point labeled GND .

Insert the wire labeled L1 into the L1 input terminal.

Insert the wire labeled L2 into the L2 input terminal.

Insert the wire labeled L3 into the L3 input terminal.

Figure 112: Connecting Power to a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply

L1 L2 L3

NOTE: The color of each AC power wire might vary.

12.

Verify that the power cable connections are correct.

251

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

13.

Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, tighten the two captive screws on the metal

AC wiring compartment.

14.

Use the provided plastic cable tie to fasten the AC power cord to the power supply.

15.

Verify that the AC power cord is not touching or blocking access to router components, and that it does not drape where people could trip on it.

16.

Repeat the procedure for the other three-phase delta AC power supply.

Documentation

•

T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply Description on page 114

•

T640 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 559

•

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

•

Connecting AC Power to a T640 Router with Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supplies

To connect an AC power cord:

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

Switch off the customer site circuit breakers. Ensure that the voltage across the AC power source is 0 V and that there is no chance that the voltage might become active during installation.

Detach the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Switch the power switch on the power supply faceplate to the standby position.

Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the two captive screws on the metal

AC wiring compartment.

Open the metal door of the metal AC wiring compartment.

Unscrew the retaining nut from the AC power cord.

Place the retaining nut inside the metal wiring compartment.

Put the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the metal wiring compartment.

Chapter 22: Providing Power to the T640

10.

Screw the retaining nut onto the AC power cord to secure it to the metal wiring compartment.

11.

Connect the wires to the AC terminal block on the three-phase wye AC power supply

(

Figure 113 on page 253

). Loosen each of the input terminals or grounding point screws, insert each wire into the grounding point or input terminal, and tighten the screw.

NOTE: The terminal connections have either slotted screws or hex screws.

Use a 1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in

(4-mm) Allen wrench for the 5/16-in hex screws.

Insert the wire labeled GND into the grounding point labeled GND .

Insert the wire labeled L1 into the L1 input terminal.

Insert the wire labeled L2 into the L2 input terminal.

Insert the wire labeled L3 into the L3 input terminal.

Insert the wire labeled N into the N input terminal

Figure 113: Connecting Power to the Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply

L1 L2 L3 N

12.

Verify that the power cable connections are correct.

13.

Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, tighten the two captive screws on the metal

AC wiring compartment.

14.

Use the provided plastic cable tie to fasten the AC power cord to the power supply.

253

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 114: Fastening the AC Power Cord to the Power Supply

15.

Verify that the AC power cord is not touching or blocking access to router components, and that it does not drape where people could trip on it.

16.

Repeat the procedure for the other three-phase wye AC power supply.

Documentation

•

T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply Description on page 114

•

T640 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 559

•

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

•

Powering On an AC-Powered T640 Router

You can use this procedure for a router with either three-phase delta AC power supplies or three-phase wye AC power supplies. To power on the AC-powered router:

Verify that the power supplies are fully inserted in the chassis and that the captive screws on their faceplates are tightened.

Verify that the AC power cords are connected correctly.

Verify that an external management device is connected to one of the Routing Engine ports on the CIP ( AUXILIARY or CONSOLE ).

NOTE: The management Ethernet port will not be functional until you have completed the initial configuration.

Chapter 22: Providing Power to the T640

Turn on the power to the external management device.

Switch on the dedicated customer site circuit breakers to provide power to the AC power cables. Follow your site’s procedures.

Verify that the AC OK LED on both AC power supply faceplates are lit steadily green, indicating that the power supplies are receiving power.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Switch the power switch on one of the power supplies to the ON position ( | ). The DC

OK LED blinks momentarily, then lights steadily.

NOTE: After a power supply is powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds for status indicators—such as the output status LEDs on the power supply, the command output, and messages on the LCD on the craft interface—to indicate that the power supply is functioning normally. Ignore error indicators that appear during the first 60 seconds.

Verify that the DC OK LED on the AC power supply faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that power supply is correctly installed, functioning properly, and providing power to the DC outputs.

10.

On the external management device connected to the Routing Engine, monitor the startup process to verify that the system has booted properly.

NOTE: If the system is completely powered off when you power on the power supply, the Routing Engine boots as the power supply completes its startup sequence. If the Routing Engine finishes booting, you must power off the router before powering it on again. After powering on a power supply, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it off. After powering off a power supply, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.

Documentation

•

T640 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Supply Description on page 114

•

Connecting AC Power to a T640 Router with Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supplies on page 249

•

Connecting AC Power to a T640 Router with Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supplies on page 252

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

255

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

•

•

T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 551

•

T640 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 559

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

Powering Off the T640 Router

To power off a T640 router:

On the external management device connected to the Routing Engine, issue the request system halt operational mode command. The command shuts down both

Routing Engines cleanly, so their state information is preserved. (If the router contains only one Routing Engine, issue the request system halt command.) user@host> request system halt both-routing-engines

For more information about these commands, see request system halt .

Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the operating system has halted.

Halt the system ? [yes,no] (no) yes

*** FINAL System shutdown message from root@section2 ***

System going down IMMEDIATELY

Terminated

...

syncing disks... 11 8 done

The operating system has halted.

Please press any key to reboot.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Switch the circuit breakers on each two-input 160-A DC power supply, three-input

240-A DC power supply, or four-input 240-A DC power supply faceplate to the off position ( O ) or switch the power switch on each AC power supply or six-input DC power supply faceplate to the standby position.

Documentation

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

•

Chapter 22: Providing Power to the T640

•

T640 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes on page 551

•

257

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 23

Configuring the Junos OS Software

•

Preparing to Configure the T640 Router on page 259

•

Initially Configuring the T640 Router on page 259

•

Initially Configuring the T640 Router on page 259

Preparing to Configure the T640 Router

Gather the following information before configuring the router:

• Name the router will use on the network

• Domain name the router will use

• IP address and prefix length information for the Ethernet interface

• IP address of a default router

• IP address of a DNS server

• Password for the root user

Documentation

•

Initially Configuring the T640 Router

The T640 Core Router is shipped with the Junos OS preinstalled and ready to be configured when the T640 router is powered on. These procedures connect a router to the network but do not enable it to forward traffic. For complete information about enabling the router to forward traffic, including examples, see the Junos OS configuration guides.

You configure the router by issuing Junos OS command-line interface (CLI) commands, either on a console device attached to the CONSOLE port on the CIP, or over a telnet connection to a network connected to the ETHERNET port on the CIP.

259

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

NOTE: These procedures enable you to use the ETHERNET management port. For the initial configuration, use a device attached to the CONSOLE port on the CIP.

Entering Configuration Mode on page 260

Configuring User Accounts and Passwords on page 260

Configuring System Attributes on page 261

Committing the Configuration on page 262

Entering Configuration Mode

Verify that the network device is powered on.

Amnesiac <ttyd0> login: root

Start the CLI.

root@% cli root>

Enter configuration mode.

root> configure

Entering configuration mode.

[edit] root#

Configuring User Accounts and Passwords

For information about using an encrypted password or an SSH public key string (DSA or

RSA), see Configuring the Root Password and authentication (Login) .

Add a password to the root administration user account. Enter a cleartext password.

[edit] root@host# set system root-authentication plain-text-password

New password: password

Retype new password: password

Create a management console user account.

[edit] root@host# set system login user user-name authentication plain-text-password

Chapter 23: Configuring the Junos OS Software

New Password: password

Retype new password: password

Set the user account class to super-user .

[edit] root@host# set system login user user-name class super-user

Configuring System Attributes

For more information on configuring the backup routing and static routes, see the Junos

OS Administration Library .

Configure the name of the router. If the name includes spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks (“ ”).

[edit] root@host# set system host-name host-name

NOTE: The DNS server does not use the hostname to resolve to the correct

IP address. This hostname is used to display the name of the routing engine in the CLI. For example, this hostname shows on the command-line prompt when the user is logged on to the CLI: user-name @ host-name >

Configure the IP address of the DNS server.

[edit] root# set system name-server address

Configure the router’s domain name.

[edit] root@# set system domain-name domain-name

Configure the IP address and prefix length for the router’s management Ethernet interface.

NOTE: The RE-C1800 Routing Engine ( RE-DUO-1800 ) does not support the fxp0 interface or the fxp1 and fxp2 internal Ethernet interfaces. Use the em0 interface for the RE-C1800 Routing Engine, and fxp0 interface for all other Routing Engines supported for the router.

261

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

[edit] root@# set interfaces fxp0 unit 0 family inet address address/prefix-length

[edit] root@# set interfaces em0 unit 0 family inet address address/prefix-length

Configure the IP address of a backup routing engine. The backup routing engine is used while the local router is booting and if the routing process fails to start. After the routing process starts, the backup routing engine address is removed from the local routing and forwarding tables.

[edit] root# set system backup-router address

(Optional) Configure the static routes to remote subnets with access to the management port. Access to the management port is limited to the local subnet. To access the management port from a remote subnet, you must add a static route to that subnet within the routing table.

[edit] root# set routing-options static route remote-subnet next-hop destination-IP

retain no-readvertise

Configure the telnet service at the [edit system services] hierarchy level.

[edit] set system services telnet

Committing the Configuration

Display the configuration to verify that it is correct.

[edit] root@# show system { host-name host-name; domain-name domain-name; backup-router address; root-authentication {

authentication-method (password | public-key);

} name-server {

address;

}

} interfaces { fxp0 { unit 0 { family inet { address address/prefix-length;

Chapter 23: Configuring the Junos OS Software

}

Commit the configuration to activate it on the router.

[edit] root@# commit

Optionally, configure additional properties by adding the necessary configuration statements. Then commit the changes to activate them on the router.

[edit] root@host# commit

When you have finished configuring the router, exit configuration mode.

[edit] root@host# exit root@host>

Documentation

•

•

Preparing to Configure the T640 Router on page 259

•

Configuring DC Power on a T640 Router

After you have connected the DC power and initially configured the router, you need to configure the number of input feeds if you connected fewer than six cables to the six-input

DC power supply.

For more information about configuring the DC power supply and the commands used in the procedures, see the Junos OS Administration Library .

•

Configuring DC Power on a T640 Router (Five 60-A Cables on a Six-Input DC Power

Supply) on page 264

•

Configuring DC Power on a T640 (Four 60-A Cables on a Six-Input DC Power

Supply) on page 264

263

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Configuring DC Power on a T640 Router (Five 60-A Cables on a Six-Input DC Power Supply)

When you connect five cables on a six-input DC power supply, you must specify the number of input feeds connected in the software. If the number of physical input feeds receiving power does not match the number of configured input feeds, the router displays an alarm message.

Configure the number of input feeds to indicate that five DC power cables are connected.

[edit] user@host# set chassis pem feeds 5

NOTE: The default number of input feeds is 6.

(Optional) Use the show statement to display the configuration to verify that it is correct.

[edit] user@host# show pem { feeds 5;

}

Commit the configuration to activate it on the router, and exit configuration mode.

[edit] user@host# commit user@host# exit user@host>

Configuring DC Power on a T640 (Four 60-A Cables on a Six-Input DC Power Supply)

When you connect four cables on a six-input DC power supply, you must specify the number of input feeds connected in the software. If the number of physical input feeds receiving power does not match the number of configured input feeds, the router displays an alarm message.

Configure the number of input feeds to indicate that four DC power cables are connected.

[edit] user@host# set chassis pem feeds 4

NOTE: The default number of input feeds is 6.

Chapter 23: Configuring the Junos OS Software

(Optional) If the power has been underprovisioned for your configuration, some FPCs might not be brought online if the available power capacity is exceeded. When you reboot the router, FPCs are brought online based on the default setting of the fru-poweron-sequence command. You can use the fru-poweron-sequence command to change the default order in which FPCs are brought online when the router is rebooted. The default sequence is the numerical order of the FPC slots (0 through 7).

[edit] user@host# set chassis fru-poweron-sequence fru-poweron-sequence

(Optional) Use the show statement to display the configuration to verify that it is correct.

[edit] user@host# show pem { feeds 4;

}

Commit the configuration to activate it on the router, and exit configuration mode.

[edit] user@host# commit user@host# exit user@host>

Documentation

•

Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Four 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power

•

Connecting DC Power to the T640 Router (Five 60-A Inputs to Six-Input DC Power

•

•

•

Overview of Installing and Replacing Components on page 269

265

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

PART 4

Installing and Replacing Components

•

•

Replacing Chassis Components on page 273

•

Replacing Cooling System Components on page 289

•

Replacing Host Subsystem Components on page 319

•

Replacing Line Card Components on page 345

•

Replacing Power System Components on page 363

•

Replacing Switch Fabric Components on page 439

267

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 24

Overview of Installing and Replacing

Components

•

T640 Field-Replaceable Units on page 269

•

Tools and Parts Required to Replace the T640 Hardware Components on page 270

T640 Field-Replaceable Units

Field-replaceable units (FRUs) are router components that can be replaced at the customer site. Replacing most FRUs requires minimal router downtime. The router uses the following types of FRUs:

• Hot-removable and hot-insertable FRUs—You can remove and replace these components without powering off the router or disrupting the routing functions.

• Hot-pluggable FRUs—You can remove and replace these components without powering down the router, but the routing functions of the system are interrupted when the component is removed.

NOTE: Before you replace most host subsystem components, such as a control board or Routing Engine, you must take the host subsystem offline.

However, it is not necessary to halt the host subsystem to insert or remove a PC card.

You must power off the Routing Engine before replacing a CompactFlash card or solid-state disk in a Routing Engine.

Table 95 on page 270

lists the FRUs for the router.

269

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Table 95: Field-Replaceable Units

Hot-Removable and Hot-Insertable FRUs Hot-Pluggable FRUs

Air filters

Craft Interface

Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs)

Front and rear fan trays

Physical Interface Cards (PICs)

Power supplies

Backup SONET Clock Generators (SCGs)

Switch Interface Boards (SIBs)

Master control board (if nonstop active routing is configured)

Backup control board

Backup Routing Engine

Connector Interface Panel (CIP)

Nonredundant control board

Master control board (if nonstop active routing is not configured)

Nonredundant Routing Engine

Master Routing Engine (if nonstop active routing is not configured)

Master and nonredundant SCGs

Documentation

•

•

Tools and Parts Required to Replace the T640 Hardware Components

To replace hardware components, you need the tools and parts listed in

Table 96 on page 270

Table 96: Tools and Parts Required for Component Replacement

Components Tool or Part

All

AC power supply

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap

Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2

1/4-in. slotted screwdriver or 5/32-in. (4 mm) allen wrench

NOTE: The terminal connections have either slotted screws or hex screws. Use a 1/4-in.

slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in (4-mm) Allen wrench for the 5/16-in hex screws.

Chapter 24: Overview of Installing and Replacing Components

Table 96: Tools and Parts Required for Component Replacement (continued)

Components Tool or Part

AC power supply cord

Air filter (front or rear)

CIP

Control board

Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2

1/4-in. slotted screwdriver or 5/32-in. (4 mm) allen wrench

NOTE: The terminal connections have either slotted screws or hex screws. Use a 1/4-in.

slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in (4-mm) Allen wrench for the 5/16-in hex screws.

Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2

Electrostatic bag or antistatic mat

Blank panel (if component is not reinstalled)

Craft interface

DC power supply

DC power supply cable

Fan tray (front or rear)

FPC

PIC

Routing Engine

Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2

7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver

Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2

Blank panel (if component is not reinstalled)

Electrostatic bag or antistatic mat

Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2

Rubber safety cap for fiber-optic PICs or fiber-optic PIC cables

Flat-blade (–) screwdriver for Type 1 PICs

Electrostatic bag or antistatic mat

Blank panel (if component is not reinstalled)

Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2

Electrostatic bag or antistatic mat

Blank panel (if component is not reinstalled)

271

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Table 96: Tools and Parts Required for Component Replacement (continued)

Components Tool or Part

Serial cable to AUXILIARY or CONSOLE Routing

Engine port

Flat-blade (–) screwdriver

Standard SIB or T640-SIB Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2

Electrostatic bag or antistatic mat

Blank panel (if component is not reinstalled)

SCG Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2

Documentation

•

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 515

•

CHAPTER 25

Replacing Chassis Components

•

Replacing the T640 CIP on page 275

•

•

Replacing the T640 Alarm Relay Wires on page 278

•

Replacing the T640 Console or Auxiliary Cable on page 281

•

Replacing the T640 Management Ethernet Cable on page 283

•

Replacing a T640 SCG on page 285

Replacing a T640 Craft Interface

The craft interface is hot-insertable and hot-removable. When you install the craft interface, allow several minutes for the display to reflect the current state of the router.

Before you remove the craft interface, remove the front upper fan tray. For instructions

on removing a front fan tray, see “Removing the T640 Standard or Quiet Front Fan Trays” on page 194 .

Removing a T640 Craft Interface on page 273

Installing a T640 Craft Interface on page 274

Removing a T640 Craft Interface

The craft interface is located on the front of the chassis above the FPC card cage and weighs approximately 2 lb (0.9 kg). To remove the craft interface (see

Figure 115 on page 274

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Completely loosen the screws at the four corners of the craft interface.

Insert the blade of a flat-blade screwdriver into the slot on one side of the craft interface, and then gently pry that side out from the chassis.

273

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Insert the blade of a flat-blade screwdriver into the slot on the other side of the craft interface, and then gently pry that side out from the chassis.

Grasp the craft interface by the top and bottom edges, and carefully pull it straight out of the chassis.

Figure 115: Removing a Craft Interface

•

T640 Craft Interface LCD and Navigation Buttons on page 25

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

Installing a T640 Craft Interface

To install the craft interface (see

Figure 116 on page 275 ):

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Grasping the craft interface by the top and bottom edges, press it into place.

Tighten the screws at the corners of the craft interface.

NOTE: When you install the craft interface in an operating router, allow several minutes for the LEDs on the craft interface to reflect the current state of the router.

After you install the replacement craft interface, immediately reinstall the upper front fan tray.

Figure 116: Installing a Replacement Craft Interface

Chapter 25: Replacing Chassis Components

•

T640 Craft Interface LCD and Navigation Buttons on page 25

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

Documentation

•

T640 Craft Interface Description on page 22

•

T640 Craft Interface LCD and Navigation Buttons on page 25

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

Replacing the T640 CIP

Removing a T640 CIP on page 275

Installing a T640 CIP on page 277

Removing a T640 CIP

The CIP is located to the left side of the FPC card cage. It houses the Routing Engine interface ports, which accept connections to external management and alarm-reporting devices.

The CIP is hot-pluggable. It weighs approximately 8 lb (3.6 kg). When the CIP is removed, you cannot control or communicate with the router using an external device.

To remove the CIP (see

Figure 117 on page 276 ):

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Disconnect any external devices connected to the CIP.

275

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Loosen the captive screws at the top and bottom of the CIP faceplate.

Grasp the handle on the CIP faceplate, and carefully pull the CIP straight out of the chassis.

CAUTION: Be sure to slide the CIP straight within the slot to avoid damaging the connector pins on the front of the midplane.

Figure 117: Removing a CIP

276

See Also •

T640 Connector Interface Panel (CIP) Description on page 19

•

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

• Replacing the T640 Connections to Routing Engine Interface Ports

Chapter 25: Replacing Chassis Components

•

Installing a T640 CIP

To install the CIP (see

Figure 118 on page 278

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Grasp the CIP handle with one hand and hold the bottom edge of the CIP with the other hand to support its weight.

NOTE: The components on the CIP are on the left side of the board, unlike the components of an FPC, which are on the right side. Verify that the components are on the left before inserting the CIP.

Insert the CIP into the leftmost slot of the FPC card cage, carefully aligning the top and bottom of the CIP with the guides in the card cage.

Carefully push the CIP straight into the chassis until it contacts the midplane.

Tighten the screws at the top and bottom of the CIP faceplate.

Reattach any external devices connected to the CIP.

CAUTION: Be sure to slide the CIP straight within the slot to avoid damaging the connector pins on the front of the midplane.

To verify that the CIP is installed correctly, plug an Ethernet cable into the Ethernet port on the CIP. If the host module is operational, the ACTIVE LED blinks to indicate

Ethernet activity. If you can run the CLI, the CIP is installed correctly.

277

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 118: Installing a CIP

•

T640 Connector Interface Panel (CIP) Description on page 19

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

Documentation

•

•

T640 Connector Interface Panel (CIP) Description on page 19

•

Connecting the T640 Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device on page 218

• Replacing the T640 Connections to Routing Engine Interface Ports

•

T640 Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications on page 153

Replacing the T640 Alarm Relay Wires

Chapter 25: Replacing Chassis Components

The terminal blocks that plug into the alarm relay contacts are supplied with the router.

They accept wire of any gauge between 28-AWG and 14-AWG (0.08 and 2.08 mm

), which is not provided. Use the wire gauge appropriate for the external device you are connecting.

To replace the wires connecting to an alarm-reporting device (see

Figure 119 on page 280 ):

Disconnect the existing wire at the external device.

Prepare the required length of replacement wire with gauge between 28-AWG and

14-AWG (0.08 and 2.08 mm

Using a 2.5-mm flat-blade screwdriver, loosen the small screws on the face of the terminal block, and remove the block from the relay contact.

Using the 2.5-mm flat-blade screwdriver, loosen the small screws on the side of the terminal block. Remove existing wires from the slots in the front of the block, and insert replacement wires. Tighten the screws to secure the wire.

Plug the terminal block into the relay contact and use a 2.5-mm flat-blade screwdriver to tighten the screws on the face of the block.

Attach the other end of the wires to the external device.

279

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 119: Routing Engine Alarm Relay Wires

HOST

ETHERNET

ACT 0

YEL = 10M

GRN = 100M

CONSOLE

AUXILIARY

HOST

ETHERNET

ACT 1

YEL = 10M

GRN = 100M

CONSOLE

AUXILIARY

RED ALARM

YELLOW

ALARM

Documentation

•

T640 Connector Interface Panel (CIP) Description on page 19

•

Overview of Connecting the T640 Router to External Devices on page 217

Chapter 25: Replacing Chassis Components

Replacing the T640 Console or Auxiliary Cable

To use a system console to configure and manage the Routing Engine, connect it to the appropriate CONSOLE port on the CIP. To use a laptop, modem, or other auxiliary device, connect it to the appropriate AUXILIARY port on the CIP. Both ports accept a cable with an RJ-45 connector. One RJ-45/DB-9 cable is provided with the router. If you want to connect a device to both ports, you must supply another cable.

To connect a management console or auxiliary device:

Plug one end of the replacement cable into the appropriate CONSOLE or AUXILIARY port.

Figure 120 on page 282

shows the external device ports on the CIP. The ports labeled HOST 0 connect to the Routing Engine in the upper Routing Engine slot ( RE0 ), and the ports labeled HOST 1 connect to the Routing Engine in the lower Routing

Engine slot ( RE1 ).

Plug the other end of the cable into the device's serial port.

281

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 120: Routing Engine Console

HOST

ETHERNET

ACT 0

YEL = 10M

GRN = 100M

CONSOLE

AUXILIARY

HOST

ETHERNET

ACT 1

YEL = 10M

GRN = 100M

CONSOLE

AUXILIARY

RED ALARM

YELLOW

ALARM

Documentation

•

Connecting the T640 Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device on page 218

•

T640 Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications on page 153

•

T640 DB-9 Connector Pinouts for the Routing Engine AUXILIARY and CONSOLE Ports on page 154

Chapter 25: Replacing Chassis Components

Replacing the T640 Management Ethernet Cable

To replace the management Ethernet cable:

Press the tab on the connector and pull the connector straight out of the ETHERNET port.

Figure 121 on page 284

shows the connector.

Disconnect the cable from the network device.

Plug one end of the replacement cable into the appropriate ETHERNET port. The ports labeled HOST 0 connect to the Routing Engine in the upper Routing Engine slot ( RE0 ), and the ports labeled HOST 1 connect to the Routing Engine in the lower Routing

Engine slot ( RE1 ).

Plug the other end of the cable into the network device.

283

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 121: Ethernet Cable Connectors

284

HOST

ETHERNET

ACT 0

YEL = 10M

GRN = 100M

CONSOLE

AUXILIARY

HOST

ETHERNET

ACT 1

YEL = 10M

GRN = 100M

CONSOLE

AUXILIARY

RED ALARM

YELLOW

ALARM

Documentation

•

T640 Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications on page 153

•

T640 RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for the Routing Engine ETHERNET Port on page 154

Chapter 25: Replacing Chassis Components

Replacing a T640 SCG

Backup SCGs are hot-removable and hot-insertable. Master and nonredundant SCGs are hot-pluggable.

To replace an SCG, perform the following procedures:

Removing a T640 SCG on page 285

Installing a T640 SCG on page 286

Removing a T640 SCG

The router can have one or two SCGs installed. The SCGs are located in the upper rear of the chassis, above the control boards and Routing Engines. Each SCG weighs approximately 1.9 lb (0.9 kg).

If two SCGs are installed and both are functioning normally, SCG0 is the master and SCG1 is the backup. Removing the backup SCG does not affect the functioning of the router.

Taking the master SCG offline might result in a brief loss of SONET clock lock while the backup SCG becomes the master.

To remove an SCG (see

Figure 122 on page 286 ):

Determine if the SCG is functioning as the master:

• Check the blue MASTER LED on the SCG faceplate. If this LED is on steadily, the

SCG is functioning as the master.

• Use the following CLI command to display which SCG is functioning as the master: user@host> show chassis clocks

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Press the online/offline button on the SCG faceplate and hold it down until the OK

LED goes out (about 5 seconds).

If an external device is connected to one or both RJ-48 ports, disconnect the cables.

Loosen the captive screws on the edges of the SCG faceplate.

Grasp the SCG by the handle on the faceplate, and slide it out of the chassis.

Place the SCG on the antistatic mat.

285

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 122: Removing an SCG

•

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

•

Installing a T640 SCG

To install a replacement SCG (see

Figure 123 on page 287 ):

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Carefully align the sides of the SCG with the guides in the SCG slot.

Grasp the SCG by its handle, and slide it straight into the chassis until it contacts the midplane.

Tighten the captive screws on the corners of the SCG faceplate.

To bring the SCG online, press the online/offline button until the green OK LED lights.

To verify that the SCG is installed correctly and is functioning normally, check the

LEDs on the SCG faceplate. The green OK LED should light steadily. If the SCG is master, the blue MASTER LED should also light steadily.

To check the status of the SCGs, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment scg

For more information about using the CLI, see the Junos OS manuals.

If an external clocking device was connected to one or both RJ-48 ports, reconnect the cables.

Chapter 25: Replacing Chassis Components

Figure 123: Installing an SCG

•

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

•

Documentation

•

T640 SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) Description on page 27

•

•

Replacing a T640 Air Filter on page 289

287

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 26

Replacing Cooling System Components

•

•

Replacing the T640 Standard Lower Front Fan Tray on page 296

•

Replacing the T640 Standard Upper Front Fan Tray on page 298

•

Replacing the T640 Standard Rear Fan Tray on page 300

•

Upgrading to the T640 Quiet Fan Trays on page 303

•

Replacing the T640 Quiet Lower Front Fan Tray on page 309

•

Replacing the T640 Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray on page 312

•

Replacing the T640 Quiet Rear Fan Tray on page 314

Replacing a T640 Air Filter

Removing a Front T640 Air Filter on page 289

Installing a Front T640 Air Filter on page 291

Removing a Rear T640 Air Filter on page 292

Installing a Rear T640 Air Filter on page 294

Removing a Front T640 Air Filter

The front air filter, located below the FPC card cage in the front of the chassis, and installs horizontally. The front air filter weighs approximately 1 lb (0.5 kg).The air filters are hot-insertable and hot-removable.

To remove the front air filter (see

Figure 124 on page 290

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Unwrap any PIC cables from the spools on the cable management system, and remove the cables from the tray. Arrange the cables so that they do not block the front of the cable management system and tray, and secure them with temporary fasteners so that they are not supporting their own weight as they hang from the connector.

289

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

Simultaneously pull the two releases on the cable management system. Lift it up and outward to lock it in place to access the air filter.

Loosen the captive screws on the corners of the air filter faceplate.

Grasp the handles and pull the air filter straight out of the chassis.

Remove the filter element from the air filter frame (see

Figure 125 on page 290 ).

Figure 124: Removing the Front Air Filter

Figure 125: Replacing the Front Filter Element

290

•

•

Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 491

•

Chapter 26: Replacing Cooling System Components

Installing a Front T640 Air Filter

To install the front air filter (see

Figure 126 on page 291 ):

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Insert the filter element into the air filter frame.

Grasp the air filter by the handles on its faceplate, and slide it straight into the chassis.

Tighten the captive screws on the corners of the faceplate.

Unlock the cable management system, and lower it to the fully lowered position.

Rearrange the PIC cables in the cable management system.

Figure 126: Installing the Front Air Filter

•

•

•

Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 491

•

291

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Removing a Rear T640 Air Filter

The rear air filter is located at the left rear edge of the chassis. The rear air filter weighs less than 1 lb (0.5 kg).

To remove the rear air filter:

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Loosen the captive screws at the top, center, and bottom of the air filter, using a

Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2.

Grasp the air filter cover by the captive screws, and pull firmly to remove the cover and honeycomb assembly from the chassis (see

Figure 127 on page 293 ).

Press the filter element inward until it clears the hooks at the top and bottom of the air filter slot, then push it to the left to unseat it.

Move the tabs on the filter element to a horizontal position.

Grasp the tabs on the filter element and carefully pull it straight out from the chassis

(see

Figure 128 on page 294

Figure 127: Removing the Rear Air Filter

Chapter 26: Replacing Cooling System Components

293

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 128: Removing the Rear Air Filter Element

•

•

Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 491

•

Installing a Rear T640 Air Filter

To install the rear air filter (see

Figure 129 on page 295 ):

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Holding the filter by the tabs, carefully push the filter all the way into the air filter slot.

Holding the filter all the way in, push it to the right side of the slot until it is held in place behind the hooks.

Move the tabs to a vertical position.

Chapter 26: Replacing Cooling System Components

Place the right edge of the honeycomb against the flange of the air filter slot.

Line up the holes at the top, center, and bottom of the honeycomb with the pins in the slot, and press the honeycomb into place.

Replace the air filter cover.

Firmly tighten the captive screws at the top, center, and bottom of the filter cover to secure it to the chassis, using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2.

Figure 129: Installing the Rear Air Filter

•

•

Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 491

•

Documentation

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

•

•

Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 491

•

295

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Replacing the T640 Standard Lower Front Fan Tray

The lower front fan tray is located below the front air filter. Each standard front fan tray weighs about 18.6 lb (8.4 kg). The fan trays are hot-insertable and hot-removable. The standard upper and lower fan trays are interchangeable with each other.

Removing the T640 Standard Lower Front Fan Tray on page 296

Installing the T640 Standard Lower Front Fan Tray on page 297

Removing the T640 Standard Lower Front Fan Tray

The upper front fan tray is located above the FPC card cage, and the lower front fan tray is located below the front air filter. Each fan tray weighs about 18.6 lb (8.4 kg).

To remove a standard lower front fan tray:

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Unwrap any PIC cables from the spools on the cable management system and remove the cables from the tray. Arrange the cables so that they do not block the cable management system and tray, and secure them with temporary fasteners so that they are not supporting their own weight as they hang from the connector.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

Simultaneously pull the two releases on the cable management system. Lift it up and outward to lock it in place to access the lower fan tray.

Rearrange the PIC cables in the cable management system. For more information about proper cable arrangement, see

“Maintaining T640 PICs and PIC Cables” on page 476 .

Loosen the captive screws on the corners of the fan tray faceplate.

Grasp the handles and pull the fan tray halfway out of the chassis.

WARNING: To avoid injury, keep tools and your fingers away from the fans as you slide the fan tray out of the chassis. The fans might still be spinning.

When the fans stop spinning, place one hand under the fan tray to support it and pull the fan tray completely out of the chassis.

Chapter 26: Replacing Cooling System Components

•

Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 491

•

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

Installing the T640 Standard Lower Front Fan Tray

To install a standard lower front fan tray:

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Grasp the fan tray by its handles and insert it straight into the chassis.

Tighten the captive screws on each side of the fan tray faceplate to secure it in the chassis.

Unlock the cable management system and lower it to the fully lowered position.

Rearrange the PIC cables in the cable management system. For more information about proper cable arrangement, see

“Maintaining T640 PICs and PIC Cables” on page 476 .

•

Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 491

•

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

Documentation

•

•

Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 491

•

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

297

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Replacing the T640 Standard Upper Front Fan Tray

The upper front fan tray is located above the FPC card cage. Each standard front fan tray weighs about 18.6 lb (8.4 kg). The fan trays are hot-insertable and hot-removable. The standard upper and lower fan trays are interchangeable with each other.

Removing the T640 Standard Upper Front Fan Tray on page 298

Installing the T640 Standard Upper Front Fan Tray on page 299

Removing the T640 Standard Upper Front Fan Tray

To remove a standard upper front fan tray (see

Figure 130 on page 298

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Loosen the captive screws on the corners of the fan tray faceplate.

Grasp the handles and pull the fan tray halfway out of the chassis.

WARNING: To avoid injury, keep tools and your fingers away from the fans as you slide the fan tray out of the chassis. The fans might still be spinning.

When the fans stop spinning, place one hand under the fan tray to support it and pull the fan tray completely out of the chassis.

Figure 130: Removing a Standard Upper Front Fan Tray

298

•

Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 491

•

Chapter 26: Replacing Cooling System Components

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

Installing the T640 Standard Upper Front Fan Tray

To install a standard upper front fan tray (see

Figure 131 on page 299

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Grasp the fan tray by its handles and insert it straight into the chassis.

Tighten the captive screws on each side of the fan tray faceplate to secure it in the chassis.

Figure 131: Installing an Upper Front Fan Tray

•

Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 491

•

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

Documentation

•

•

Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 491

•

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

299

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Replacing the T640 Standard Rear Fan Tray

Removing the T640 Standard Rear Fan Tray on page 300

Installing the T640 Standard Rear Fan Tray on page 301

Removing the T640 Standard Rear Fan Tray

The rear fan tray is mounted vertically on the right side of the rear of the chassis. The fan tray weighs about 10 lb (4.5 kg).

CAUTION: To maintain proper cooling, do not operate the router with the rear fan tray removed for more than 1 minute.

To remove the rear fan tray (see

Figure 132 on page 301

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Loosen the captive screws on the top and bottom of the fan tray faceplate, using a

Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2.

Grasp the handles and pull the fan tray halfway out of the chassis.

WARNING: To avoid injury, keep tools and your fingers away from the fans as you slide the fan tray out of the chassis. The fans might still be spinning.

When the fans stop spinning, grasp the handles and pull the fan tray completely out of the chassis.

Chapter 26: Replacing Cooling System Components

Figure 132: Removing the Standard Rear Fan Tray

•

Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 491

•

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

Installing the T640 Standard Rear Fan Tray

To install a replacement standard rear fan tray (see

Figure 133 on page 302

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Grasp the fan tray by its handles, and insert it straight into the chassis.

301

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Tighten the captive screws on the fan tray faceplate to secure it in the chassis, using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2.

Figure 133: Installing a Rear Fan Tray

302

•

Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 491

•

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

Documentation

•

•

Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 491

•

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

Chapter 26: Replacing Cooling System Components

Upgrading to the T640 Quiet Fan Trays

Upgrading the Standard Lower Front Fan Tray to a Quiet Lower Front Fan

Tray on page 303

Removing the Standard Upper Front Fan Tray on page 304

Removing the Craft Interface on page 305

Installing the Air Deflector and Craft Interface on page 306

Installing the Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray on page 306

Upgrading the Standard Rear Fan Tray to a Quiet Rear Fan Tray on page 307

Upgrading the Standard Lower Front Fan Tray to a Quiet Lower Front Fan Tray

Each standard front fan tray weighs about 18.6 lb (8.4 kg). Each quiet front fan tray weighs about 17.8 lb (8.1 kg).

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

Simultaneously pull the two releases on the cable management system. Lift it up and outward to lock it in place to access the lower fan tray.

Rearrange the PIC cables in the cable management system. For more information about proper cable arrangement, see

“Maintaining T640 PICs and PIC Cables” on page 476 .

Loosen the captive screws on the corners of the standard lower front fan tray faceplate.

Grasp the handles and pull the standard lower front fan tray halfway out of the chassis.

WARNING: To avoid injury, keep tools and your fingers away from the fans as you slide the fan tray out of the chassis. The fans might still be spinning.

303

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

When the fans stop spinning, place one hand under the standard lower front fan tray to support it and pull the fan tray completely out of the chassis.

Locate the fan tray labeled FAN-T-FBOT-S LOWER FANTRAY .

Press the two latches located on each side of the quiet lower front fan tray up, and insert the fan tray straight into the lower front fan tray slot. See

Figure 134 on page 304

10.

Tighten the captive screws on each side of the quiet lower front fan tray faceplate to secure it in the chassis.

11.

Unlock the cable management system and lower it to the fully lowered position.

12.

Rearrange the PIC cables in the cable management system. For more information about proper cable arrangement, see

“Maintaining T640 PICs and PIC Cables” on page 476 .

Figure 134: Installing a Quiet Lower Front Fan Tray

Removing the Standard Upper Front Fan Tray

The upper front fan tray is located above the FPC card cage. Each standard front fan tray weighs about 18.6 lb (8.4 kg). The fan trays are hot-removable.

To remove a standard upper front fan tray (see

Figure 135 on page 305

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Loosen the captive screws on the corners of the fan tray faceplate.

Grasp the handles and pull the fan tray halfway out of the chassis.

Chapter 26: Replacing Cooling System Components

WARNING: To avoid injury, keep tools and your fingers away from the fans as you slide the fan tray out of the chassis. The fans might still be spinning.

When the fans stop spinning, place one hand under the fan tray to support it and pull the fan tray completely out of the chassis.

Figure 135: Removing a Standard Upper Front Fan Tray

Removing the Craft Interface

The craft interface is located on the front of the chassis above the FPC card cage. The craft interface is hot-removable. To remove the craft interface (see

Figure 136 on page 306 ):

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Completely loosen the screws at the four corners of the craft interface.

Insert the blade of a flat-blade screwdriver into the slot on one side of the craft interface, then gently pry that side out from the chassis.

Repeat Step

for the other side of the craft interface.

Grasp the craft interface by the top and bottom edges and carefully pull it straight out of the chassis.

Remove the Craft Interface Panel by loosening the four fasteners.

305

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 136: Removing the Craft Interface

Installing the Air Deflector and Craft Interface

NOTE: If an air deflector is already installed, installing another air deflector is not required.

To install the air deflector:

Slide in the air deflector. See

Figure 137 on page 306

for proper orientation of air deflector.

Four holes align with the four standoffs used for mounting the craft interface.

Replace the craft interface and secure with the four fasteners.

Figure 137: Installing the Air Deflector

Air deflector

Installing the Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray

The upper front fan tray is located above the FPC card cage. Each quiet front fan tray weighs about 17.8 lb (8.1 kg). The fan trays are hot-insertable. The quiet upper and lower fan trays are not interchangeable with each other. The quiet upper front fan tray is labeled

FAN-T-FTOP-S UPPER FANTRAY .

Chapter 26: Replacing Cooling System Components

To install a quiet upper front fan tray (see

Figure 138 on page 307 ):

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Locate the fan tray labeled FAN-T-FTOP-S UPPER FANTRAY .

Press the two latches located on each side of the quiet upper front fan tray up, and insert the fan tray straight into the upper front fan tray slot.

Tighten the captive screws on each side of the fan tray faceplate to secure it in the chassis.

Figure 138: Installing the Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray

Upgrading the Standard Rear Fan Tray to a Quiet Rear Fan Tray

To upgrade the rear fan tray (see

Figure 139 on page 308 ) and

Figure 140 on page 309 :

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Loosen the captive screws on the top and bottom of the standard fan tray faceplate.

Grasp the handles, and pull the standard rear fan tray halfway out of the chassis.

WARNING: To avoid injury, keep tools and your fingers away from the fans as you slide the fan tray out of the chassis. The fans might still be spinning.

Wait for the fans to stop spinning.

307

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

After the fans stop spinning, place one hand under the fan tray to support it, and pull the standard fan tray completely out of the chassis.

Locate the quiet rear fan tray labeled REAR FANTRAY FAN-R-S .

Grasp the quiet rear fan tray by its handles and insert it straight into the chassis.

Tighten the captive screws on the quiet rear fan tray faceplate to secure it in the chassis, using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2.

Figure 139: Removing the Standard Rear Fan Tray

Chapter 26: Replacing Cooling System Components

Figure 140: Installing the Quiet Rear Fan Tray

•

Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 491

•

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

Replacing the T640 Quiet Lower Front Fan Tray

The lower front fan tray is located below the front air filter. Each quiet front fan tray weighs about 17.8 lb (8.1 kg). The fan trays are hot-insertable and hot-removable. The quiet upper and lower fan trays are not interchangeable with each other. The quiet lower front fan tray is labeled FAN-T-FBOT-S LOWER FANTRAY .

Removing the T640 Quiet Lower Front Fan Tray on page 310

Installing the T640 Quiet Lower Front Fan Tray on page 311

309

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Removing the T640 Quiet Lower Front Fan Tray

To remove the quiet lower front fan tray:

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

Simultaneously pull the two releases on the cable management system. Lift it up and outward to lock it in place to access the lower fan tray.

Rearrange the PIC cables in the cable management system. For more information about proper cable arrangement, see

“Maintaining T640 PICs and PIC Cables” on page 476 .

Loosen the captive screws on the corners of the fan tray faceplate.

Grasp both sides of the fan tray, and pull the fan tray out of the chassis approximately

1 to 3 inches.

WARNING: To avoid injury, keep tools and your fingers away from the fans as you slide the fan tray out of the chassis. The fans might still be spinning.

Press the two latches located on each side of the fan tray up to release the fan tray from the chassis.

When the fans stop spinning, place one hand under the fan tray to support it and pull the fan tray completely out of the chassis.

Chapter 26: Replacing Cooling System Components

Figure 141: Removing the Quiet Lower Front Fan Tray

•

Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 491

•

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

Installing the T640 Quiet Lower Front Fan Tray

To install a quiet lower front fan tray (see

Figure 142 on page 312 ):

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Locate a replacement quiet lower fan tray labeled FAN-T-FBOT-S LOWER FANTRAY .

Grasp the quiet lower front fan tray by its handles and insert it straight into the chassis.

Press the two latches located on each side of the quiet lower front fan tray up, and insert the fan tray straight into the lower front fan tray slot.

Tighten the captive screws on each side of the quiet lower front fan tray faceplate to secure it in the chassis.

Unlock the cable management system and lower it to the fully lowered position.

Rearrange the PIC cables in the cable management system. For more information about proper cable arrangement, see

“Maintaining T640 PICs and PIC Cables” on page 476 .

311

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 142: Installing the Quiet Lower Front Fan Tray

•

Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 491

•

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

Documentation

•

•

Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 491

•

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

Replacing the T640 Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray

The upper front fan tray is located above the FPC card cage. Each quiet front fan tray weighs about 17.8 lb (8.1 kg). The fan trays are hot-insertable and hot-removable. The quiet upper and lower fan trays are not interchangeable with each other. The quiet upper front fan tray is labeled FAN-T-FTOP-S UPPER FANTRAY .

Removing the T640 Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray on page 312

Installing the T640 Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray on page 313

Removing the T640 Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray

To remove a quiet upper front fan tray (see

Figure 143 on page 313

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Loosen the captive screws on the corners of the fan tray faceplate.

Grasp both sides of the fan tray, and pull the fan tray out of the chassis approximately

1 to 3 inches.

Chapter 26: Replacing Cooling System Components

WARNING: To avoid injury, keep tools and your fingers away from the fans as you slide the fan tray out of the chassis. The fans might still be spinning.

Press the two latches located on each side of the fan tray up to release the fan tray from the chassis.

When the fans stop spinning, place one hand under the fan tray to support it and pull the fan tray completely out of the chassis.

Figure 143: Removing the Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray

•

Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 491

•

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

Installing the T640 Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray

To install a quiet upper front fan tray (see

Figure 144 on page 314 ):

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Locate a quiet upper front fan tray labeled FAN-T-FTOP-S UPPER FANTRAY .

313

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Press the two latches located on each side of the quiet upper front fan tray up, and insert the fan tray straight into the upper front fan tray slot.

Tighten the captive screws on each side of the fan tray faceplate to secure it in the chassis.

Figure 144: Installing the Quiet Upper Front Fan Tray

•

Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 491

•

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

Documentation

•

•

Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 491

•

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

Replacing the T640 Quiet Rear Fan Tray

The rear fan tray is mounted vertically on the right side of the rear of the chassis. The quiet rear fan tray contains eight fans, and is not interchangeable with the front fan trays.

The quiet rear fan tray must be used in conjunction with the quiet front fan trays. The quiet rear fan tray weighs about 10 lb (4.5 kg).

Removing the T640 Quiet Rear Fan Tray on page 315

Installing the T640 Quiet Rear Fan Tray on page 316

Chapter 26: Replacing Cooling System Components

Removing the T640 Quiet Rear Fan Tray

To remove the quiet rear fan tray (see

Figure 145 on page 316

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point.

Loosen the captive screws on the top and bottom of the fan tray faceplate.

Grasp the handles, and pull the fan tray halfway out of the chassis.

WARNING: To avoid injury, keep tools and your fingers away from the fans as you slide the fan tray out of the chassis. The fans might still be spinning.

Wait for all the fans to stop spinning.

After the fans stop spinning, place one hand under the fan tray to support it, and pull the fan tray completely out of the chassis.

315

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 145: Removing the Quiet Rear Fan Tray

•

Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 491

•

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

Installing the T640 Quiet Rear Fan Tray

To install a replacement quiet rear fan tray (see

Figure 146 on page 317

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Locate a replacement quiet rear fan tray labeled REAR FANTRAY FAN-R-S .

Chapter 26: Replacing Cooling System Components

Grasp the fan tray by its handles and insert it straight into the chassis.

Tighten the captive screws on the fan tray faceplate to secure it in the chassis, using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2.

Figure 146: Installing the Quiet Rear Fan Tray

•

Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 491

•

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

Documentation

•

•

Troubleshooting the T640 Cooling System on page 491

317

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

•

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

CHAPTER 27

Replacing Host Subsystem Components

•

Replacing the T640 Host Subsystem Components on page 319

•

Replacing a T640 LCC-CB on page 322

•

Replacing a T640 Standard Control Board or T-CB on page 325

•

Replacing a CompactFlash Card in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine on page 333

•

•

Replacing a DIMM Module in a T640 Routing Engine on page 337

•

Replacing a PC Card in a T640 Routing Engine on page 338

•

Replacing a Solid-State Disk in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine on page 341

Replacing the T640 Host Subsystem Components

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

Taking the T640 Host Subsystem Offline

The host subsystem is taken offline and brought online as a unit. Before you replace a control board or Routing Engine, you must take the host subsystem offline.

Normally, if two host subsystems are installed in the T640 router, RE0 functions as the master and RE1 functions as the backup. You can remove the backup host subsystem

(or either of its components) without interrupting the functioning of the router. If you take the master host subsystem offline, the backup host subsystem becomes the master

(the router might reboot, depending on your configuration). If the router has only one host subsystem, taking the host subsystem offline causes the router to shut down.

Table 97 on page 319

explains the effect of taking the host subsystem offline.

Table 97: Effect of Taking the Host Subsystem Offline

Type of Host Subsystem Effect of Taking the Host Subsystem Offline

The router shuts down.

Nonredundant host subsystem

Backup host subsystem The functioning of the router is not interrupted. The backup host subsystem is hot-removable and hot-insertable.

319

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Table 97: Effect of Taking the Host Subsystem Offline (continued)

Type of Host Subsystem Effect of Taking the Host Subsystem Offline

Master host subsystem The backup host subsystem becomes the master. The backup Routing Engine assumes Routing

Engine functions. The master host subsystem is hot-pluggable. Removal or failure of the master

Routing Engine affects forwarding and routing based on the high availability configuration:

• Dual Routing Engines without any high availability features enabled—Traffic is interrupted while the Packet Forwarding Engine is reinitialized. All kernel and forwarding processes are restarted. When the switchover to the new master Routing Engine is complete, routing convergence takes place and traffic is resumed.

•

Graceful Routing Engine switchover (GRES) is enabled—Graceful Routing Engine switchover preserves interface and kernel information. Traffic is not interrupted. However, graceful Routing

Engine switchover does not preserve the control plane. Neighboring routers detect that the router has restarted and react to the event in a manner prescribed by individual routing protocol specifications. To preserve routing without interruption during a switchover, graceful Routing

Engine switchover must be combined with nonstop active routing.

Nonstop active routing is enabled (graceful Routing Engine switchover must be configured for nonstop active routing to be enabled)—Nonstop active routing supports Routing Engine switchover without alerting peer nodes that a change has occurred. Nonstop active routing uses the same infrastructure as graceful Routing Engine switchover to preserve interface and kernel information. However, nonstop active routing also preserves routing information and protocol sessions by running the routing protocol process (rpd) on both Routing Engines. In addition, nonstop active routing preserves TCP connections maintained in the kernel.

• Graceful restart is configured—Graceful restart provides extensions to routing protocols so that neighboring helper routers restore routing information to a restarting router. These extensions signal neighboring routers about the graceful restart and prevent the neighbors from reacting to the router restart and from propagating the change in state to the network during the graceful restart period. Neighbors provide the routing information that enables the restarting router to stop and restart routing protocols without causing network reconvergence.

Neighbors are required to support graceful restart. The routing protocol process (rpd) restarts.

A graceful restart interval is required. For certain protocols, a significant change in the network can cause graceful restart to stop.

NOTE: Router performance might change if the backup Routing Engine's configuration differs from the former master's configuration. For the most predictable performance, configure the two Routing Engines identically, except for parameters unique to each Routing Engine.

NOTE: For information about configuring graceful Routing Engine switchover, graceful restart, and nonstop active routing, see the High Availability Feature

Guide.

NOTE: The first supported release for graceful Routing Engine switchover and nonstop active routing on the T640 router is Junos OS Release 7.0 and

Junos OS Release 8.4, respectively. Graceful restart software requirements depend on the routing protocols configured on the router. For the minimum software requirements for graceful restart, see the High Availability Feature

Guide.

Chapter 27: Replacing Host Subsystem Components

To take a host subsystem offline:

Determine whether the host subsystem is functioning as the master or as the backup, using one of the two following methods:

• Check the Routing Engine LEDs on the craft interface. If the green MASTER LED is lit, the corresponding host subsystem is functioning as the master.

• Issue the following CLI command. The master Routing Engine is designated Master in the Current state field: user@host> show chassis routing-engine

Routing Engine status:

Slot 0:

Current state Master

Election priority Master (default)

Temperature 34 degrees C / 93 degrees F

DRAM 2048 Mbytes

CPU utilization:

User 0 percent

Background 0 percent

Kernel 1 percent

Interrupt 0 percent

Idle 99 percent

Start time 2002-01-22 05:21:31 UTC

Uptime 10 days, 16 hours, 4 minutes, 52 seconds

Load averages: 1 minute 5 minute 15 minute

0.00 0.00 0.00

Routing Engine status:

Slot 1:

Current state Empty

If the host subsystem is functioning as the master, switch it to backup using the CLI command: user@host> request chassis routing-engine master switch

To halt the router: user@host> request system halt

Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the operating system has halted.

The command shuts down the Routing Engine cleanly, so its state information is preserved. For more information about the command, see request system halt .

NOTE: The SIBs might continue forwarding traffic for approximately 5 minutes after the request system halt command has been issued.

On the console or other management device connected to the other Routing Engine, enter CLI operational mode and issue the following command.

321

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide user@host> request chassis cb offline slot n n is 0 or 1 for the slot number of the host subsystem being taken offline.

Verify that the control board is offline: user@host> show chassis environment cb

Documentation

•

•

•

•

•

T640 Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications on page 153

•

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

Replacing a T640 LCC-CB

Removing a T640 LCC-CB on page 323

Installing a T640 LCC-CB on page 324

Chapter 27: Replacing Host Subsystem Components

Removing a T640 LCC-CB

The router can have up to two LCC-CBs. They are located in the upper rear of the chassis in the slots marked CB0 and CB1 . Each LCC-CB weighs approximately 5 lb (2.3 kg).

CAUTION: Before you replace an LCC-CB, you must take the host subsystem offline. If there is only one host subsystem, taking the host subsystem offline shuts down the router.

The backup LCC-CB is hot-removable and hot-insertable.

CAUTION: If the LCC-CB to be replaced is associated with the Routing Engine currently functioning as the master Routing Engine, switch it to the backup before removing the LCC-CB.

To remove an LCC-CB (see

Figure 147 on page 324

Take the host subsystem offline. See Taking the T1600 Host Subsystem Offline .

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Loosen the captive screws (using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2) on the ejector handles on both sides of the LCC-CB faceplate.

Flip the ejector handles outward to unseat the LCC-CB.

Grasp the ejector handles and slide the LCC-CB about halfway out of the chassis.

Place one hand underneath the LCC-CB to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis.

Place the LCC-CB on the antistatic mat.

If you are not replacing the LCC-CB now, install a blank panel over the empty slot.

323

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 147: Removing an LCC-CB

Installing a T640 LCC-CB

To install an LCC-CB (see

Figure 148 on page 325 ):

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Carefully align the sides of the LCC-CB with the guides inside the chassis.

Slide the LCC-CB into the chassis, carefully ensuring that it is correctly aligned.

Grasp both ejector handles, and press them inward to seat the LCC-CB.

Tighten the captive screws on the ejector handles, using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2.

Verify that the LCC-CB is functioning normally:

• Check the LEDs on the LCC-CB faceplate. The green OK LED should light steadily a few minutes after the LCC-CB is installed. If power is applied to the Routing Engine and its corresponding LCC-CB is functioning normally, the LCC-CB comes online automatically.

Chapter 27: Replacing Host Subsystem Components

If the FAIL LED is lit steadily, remove and install the LCC-CB again. If the FAIL LED still lights steadily, the LCC-CB is not functioning properly. Contact your customer support representative.

• Use the show chassis environment cb command to check the status of the LCC-CB.

Figure 148: Installing an LCC-CB

•

T640 LCC-CB Description on page 67

•

•

•

Removing a T640 Standard Control Board or T-CB on page 326

Replacing a T640 Standard Control Board or T-CB

The router can have up to two control boards. You can use this procedure for either standard control boards or T-CBs. They are located in the upper rear of the chassis in the slots marked CB0 and CB1 . Each weighs approximately 5 lb (2.3 kg).

To replace a standard control board or T-CB, perform the following procedures:

Installing a T640 Standard Control Board or T-CB on page 327

325

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Removing a T640 Standard Control Board or T-CB

CAUTION: Before you replace a control board, you must take the host subsystem offline. If there is only one host subsystem, taking the host subsystem offline shuts down the router. See

“Taking the T640 Host

Subsystem Offline” on page 319

CAUTION: If the control board to be replaced is associated with the Routing

Engine currently functioning as the master Routing Engine, switch it to the backup before removing the control board. See

“Taking the T640 Host

Subsystem Offline” on page 319

To remove a standard control board or T-CB (see

Figure 149 on page 327

and

Figure 150 on page 327 ):

Take the host subsystem offline. See

“Taking the T640 Host Subsystem Offline” on page 319

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

For T-CBs in a T640 router connected to a TX matrix router, disconnect the cable plugged into the port labeled CIP .

Loosen the captive screws (using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2) on the ejector handles on both sides of the control board faceplate.

Flip the ejector handles outward to unseat the control board.

Grasp the ejector handles, and slide the control board about halfway out of the chassis.

Place one hand underneath the control board to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis.

Place the control board on the antistatic mat.

10.

If you are not replacing the control board now, install a blank panel over the empty slot.

Chapter 27: Replacing Host Subsystem Components

Figure 149: Removing a Standard Control Board

Figure 150: Removing a T-CB

•

T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs) LEDs on page 72

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

•

Installing a T640 Standard Control Board or T-CB

To install a standard control board or T-CB (see

Figure 151 on page 328

and

Figure 152 on page 329

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Carefully align the sides of the control board with the guides inside the chassis.

Slide the control board into the chassis, carefully ensuring that it is correctly aligned.

Grasp both ejector handles, and press them inward to seat the control board.

327

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Tighten the captive screws on the ejector handles, using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2.

NOTE: If power is applied to the Routing Engine and its corresponding control board is functioning normally, the control board comes online automatically.

For a T-CB in a T640 router connected to a TX matrix router, reconnect the cable previously plugged into the CIP port.

Verify that the control board is functioning normally:

• Check the LEDs on the control board faceplate. The green OK LED should light steadily a few minutes after the control board is installed. If the FAIL LED is lit steadily, remove and install the control board again. If the FAIL LED still lights steadily, the control board is not functioning properly. Contact your customer support representative.

• Use the CLI command show chassis environment cb to check the status of the control board.

Figure 151: Installing a Standard Control Board

Figure 152: Installing a T-CB

Chapter 27: Replacing Host Subsystem Components

•

T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs) Description on page 70

•

T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs) LEDs on page 72

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

Documentation

•

•

T640 Standard Control Boards Description on page 69

•

•

T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs) Description on page 70

•

T640 T Series Control Boards (T-CBs) LEDs on page 72

•

Removing a T640 Routing Engine on page 330

Replacing a T640 Routing Engine

To replace a Routing Engine, perform the following procedures:

Installing a T640 Routing Engine on page 331

329

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Removing a T640 Routing Engine

The router can have one or two Routing Engines. They are located in the upper rear of the chassis in the slots marked RE0 and RE1 . Each Routing Engine can weigh up to

2.4 lb (1.1 kg).

To remove a Routing Engine:

Take the host subsystem offline as described in

“Taking the T640 Host Subsystem

Offline” on page 319 .

CAUTION: Before you replace a Routing Engine, you must take the host subsystem offline. If the Routing Engine to be replaced is currently functioning as the master Routing engine, switch it to be the backup before taking the host subsystem offline. If there is only one host subsystem, taking the host subsystem offline shuts down the router.

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Loosen the captive screws on the corners of the Routing Engine cover.

Grasp the Routing Engine cover by its edges, and pull it free from the chassis (see

Figure 153 on page 331 ).

If applicable, loosen the screws on the extractor handles at either end of the Routing

Engine faceplate, using a Phillips screwdriver.

Press the red tabs on the ejector handles on both sides of the Routing Engine faceplate.

Flip the ejector handles outward to unseat the Routing Engine.

Grasp the Routing Engine by the ejector handles, and slide it about halfway out of the chassis.

10.

Place one of your hands underneath the Routing Engine to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis.

Chapter 27: Replacing Host Subsystem Components

11.

Place the Routing Engine on the antistatic mat.

12.

If you are not replacing the Routing Engine now, reinstall the Routing Engine cover and tighten the screws on the corners of the cover to secure it to the chassis (see

“Reinstalling the Routing Engine Cover” on page 333 ).

Figure 153: Removing the Routing Engine Cover

Figure 154: Removing a Routing Engine

See Also •

•

T640 Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications on page 153

•

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

Installing a T640 Routing Engine

To install a Routing Engine (see

Figure 155 on page 333

331

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Ensure that the ejector handles are not in the locked position. If necessary, press the red tabs and flip the ejector handles outward.

Place one hand underneath the Routing Engine to support it. With the other hand, grasp one of the ejector handles on the faceplate.

Carefully align the sides of the Routing Engine with the guides inside the chassis.

Slide the Routing Engine into the chassis until you feel resistance, then press the

Routing Engine's faceplate until it engages the midplane connectors.

Press both the ejector handles inward to seat the Routing Engine.

The Routing Engine might require several minutes to boot.

If the router is powered on and the Routing Engine's corresponding control board is functioning normally, the Routing Engine comes online automatically.

If applicable, tighten the screws on the extractor handles, using a Phillips screwdriver.

Be sure to tighten the screws enough to seat the Routing Engine properly.

Press the Routing Engine cover into place, then tighten the captive screws on the corners of the cover to secure it to the chassis (see

Figure 156 on page 333 ).

Verify that the Routing Engine is installed correctly.

• Check the HOST0 and HOST1 LEDs on the craft interface. If the router is operational and the Routing Engine is functioning properly, the green OK LED lights steadily. If the red FAIL LED lights steadily instead, remove and install the Routing Engine again.

If the red FAIL LED still lights steadily, the Routing Engine is not functioning properly.

Contact your customer support representative.

• Check the status of the Routing Engine, use the CLI command: user@host> show chassis routing-engine

For more information about using the CLI, see the Junos OS manuals.

Figure 155: Installing a Routing Engine

Chapter 27: Replacing Host Subsystem Components

Figure 156: Reinstalling the Routing Engine Cover

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

•

Documentation

•

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

•

• Synchronizing Routing Engines in the CLI User Guide

Replacing a CompactFlash Card in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine

Preparing to Replace a CompactFlash Card in a T640 RE-C180 Routing

Engine on page 334

Removing a CompactFlash Card in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine on page 334

333

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Installing a CompactFlash Card in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine on page 335

Copying the Junos OS to the CompactFlash Card in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing

Engine on page 336

Preparing to Replace a CompactFlash Card in a T640 RE-C180 Routing Engine

To prepare to replace a CompactFlash card in a T60 RE-C1800 Routing Engine:

Determine whether the host subsystem is functioning as the master or as the backup, using one of these methods:

• Check the Host Subsystem LEDs on the craft interface. If the green MASTER LED is lit, the corresponding host subsystem is functioning as the master.

• Check the MASTER LED on the control board. If the blue MASTER LED is lit, the host subsystem is functioning as the master.

• Issue the show chassis routing-engine command: user@host> show chassis routing-engine

Routing Engine status:

Slot 0:

Current state Master

...

In this example, the Routing Engine in Slot 0 is designated Master in the Current state field.

If the host subsystem is functioning as the master, switch it to backup. Issue the request chassis routing-engine master switch command.

From the master Routing Engine, power down the backup Routing Engine. Issue the request system power-off other-routing-engine command.

Removing a CompactFlash Card in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine

The CompactFlash card is located in the slot labeled CF on the Routing Engine faceplate.

To remove the CompactFlash card (see

Figure 157 on page 335 ):

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

Verify that the Online , DISK1 , and CF LEDs on the backup Routing Engine faceplate are off.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2, loosen the captive screws on the corners of the cover over the Routing Engine slots.

Chapter 27: Replacing Host Subsystem Components

Remove the cover from the Routing Engine slots.

CAUTION: Do not remove the cover if any of the LEDs are lit.

Press the eject button on the right side of the CompactFlash card slot to release the

CompactFlash card.

The CompactFlash card pops partially out of the slot. Grasp the card and pull it completely out of the slot.

Place the CompactFlash card on the antistatic mat.

Figure 157: Removing a CompactFlash Card

Disk 2

Disk 1

Disk 2

Disk 1

USB

Offline

Online

Installing a CompactFlash Card in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine

To install a CompactFlash card (see

Figure 158 on page 336

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Remove the cover from the Routing Engine slots by loosening the captive screws on the corners of the cover (using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2).

Insert the CompactFlash card into the CompactFlash card slot on the Routing Engine, with the logo facing up.

CAUTION: Be sure to insert the CompactFlash card with the label facing up. Inserting the CompactFlash card incorrectly might damage the Routing

Engine.

Press the card firmly all the way into the slot.

335

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Reinstall the Routing Engine cover. Using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2, tighten the screws on the corners of the cover to secure it to the Routing Engine.

From the master Routing Engine, power on the Routing Engine. For a standalone router, issue the request system power-on other-routing-engine command.

NOTE: After you replace a CompactFlash card, the Routing Engine boots from the solid-state disk (SSD). You may get an error message and be prompted for a keystroke. After you press the keystroke, it might take up to 10 minutes for the Routing Engine to reset and for the router to boot from the SSD.

Figure 158: Installing a CompactFlash Card

Disk 2

Disk 1

Disk 2

Disk 1

CF 1

USB

Offline

Online

Reset

Copying the Junos OS to the CompactFlash Card in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine

After installing the CompactFlash card for the first time, you must copy the software from the Routing Engine's solid-state disk (SSD) to the CompactFlash card.

NOTE: For more information about the commands for this procedure, see

request system snapshot, request system reboot, and show system

boot-messages.

To copy software to the CompactFlash card:

On the console or other management device connected to the Routing Engine, enter

CLI operational mode.

Copy the currently running and active file system partitions on the router to standby partitions on the CompactFlash card. Issue the request system snapshot partition command.

Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the snapshot partition procedure is complete.

Issue the request system reboot command to reboot the router's software.

Chapter 27: Replacing Host Subsystem Components

Issue the show system boot-messages command to verify that the CompactFlash card is listed as the primary boot device. The output lists the devices mounted. The

CompactFlash card is located at ad0 .

Documentation

•

•

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

•

Replacing a DIMM Module in a T640 Routing Engine

Removing a T640 DIMM Module on page 337

Installing a T640 DIMM Module on page 337

Removing a T640 DIMM Module

The DIMM modules are located on the top of the Routing Engine. To remove a DIMM module:

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Remove the Routing Engine.

Depending on which Routing Engine you are using, there are two different procedures for ejecting the DIMMs:

• For Routing Engines with an ejector on one side of the DIMM, press the plastic ejector of the DIMM module. The edge of the module raises upward.

• For Routing Engines with ejectors on each side of the DIMM, press the plastic ejectors on both sides of the DIMM module.

Grasp the DIMM module, being careful not to touch any electrical components on the module, and firmly pull it out of the slot on the Routing Engine.

Place the DIMM module on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.

Push the plastic ejectors to close the empty DIMM module slot.

•

Installing a T640 DIMM Module

To insert a DIMM module into the Routing Engine:

337

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Remove the DIMM module from its electrostatic bag.

To open the empty DIMM slot, press the plastic ejectors open.

Grasp the DIMM module by the edges, being careful not to touch any electrical components.

Pressing firmly on both ends, push the module into the slot until the ejectors return completely to the closed position.

Install the Routing Engine.

You can view the the SDRAM configuration and verify the DIMM was installed correctly by issuing the show chassis routing-engine command.

Figure 159: Installing the DIMM Module

•

Documentation

•

•

Removing a T640 PC Card on page 339

Replacing a PC Card in a T640 Routing Engine

To replace a PC Card, perform the following procedures:

Installing a T640 PC Card on page 340

Chapter 27: Replacing Host Subsystem Components

Removing a T640 PC Card

The PC Card is located in the slot labeled PC CARD on the Routing Engine. To remove the PC Card (see

Figure 160 on page 340

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Remove the Routing Engine cover by loosening the captive screws on the corners of its faceplate.

On the Routing Engine faceplate, press the eject button on the right side of the PC

Card slot once to release the button. Press again to release the PC Card.

NOTE: The Routing Engine in your router might have two PC Card slots.

In this case, use either slot. Do not install more than one PC Card in the

Routing Engine.

The PC Card pops partially out of the slot. Grasp the card and pull it completely out of the slot.

Place the PC Card on the antistatic mat.

If you are not replacing the PC Card now, reinstall the Routing Engine cover and tighten the screws on the corners of the cover to secure it to the chassis.

339

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 160: Removing a PC Card

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

•

Installing a T640 PC Card

To install a PC Card (see

Figure 161 on page 341

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

If the Routing Engine cover is in place, remove the cover by loosening the captive screws on the corners of its faceplate.

Insert the PC Card into the PC Card slot on the Routing Engine, with the Juniper

Networks logo facing downward.

CAUTION: Be sure to insert the PC Card with the label facing downward.

Inserting the PC Card incorrectly might damage the Routing Engine.

NOTE: The Routing Engine in your router might have two PC Card slots.

In this case, use either slot. Do not install more than one PC Card in the

Routing Engine.

Chapter 27: Replacing Host Subsystem Components

Press the card firmly all the way into the slot.

Reinstall the Routing Engine cover and tighten the screws on the corners of the cover to secure it to the chassis.

Figure 161: Installing a PC Card

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

•

Documentation

•

•

Preparing to Replace a Solid-State Disk in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine on page 341

Replacing a Solid-State Disk in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine

Removing a Solid-State Disk in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine on page 342

Installing a Solid-State Disk in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine on page 343

Copying the Junos OS to the Solid-State Disk in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing

Engine on page 344

Preparing to Replace a Solid-State Disk in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine

To prepare to replace an SSD:

Determine whether the host subsystem is functioning as the master or as the backup, using one of these methods:

341

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

• Check the Host Subsystem LEDs on the craft interface. If the green MASTER LED is lit, the corresponding host subsystem is functioning as the master.

• Check the MASTER LED on the control board. If the blue MASTER LED is lit, the host subsystem is functioning as the master.

• Issue the show chassis routing-engine command.

user@host> show chassis routing-engine

Routing Engine status:

Slot 0:

Current state Master

...

In this example, the Routing Engine in Slot 0 is designated Master in the Current state field.

If the host subsystem is functioning as the master, switch it to backup. Issue the request chassis routing-engine master switch command.

From the master Routing Engine, power down the backup Routing Engine. Issue the request system power-off other-routing-engine command.

Removing a Solid-State Disk in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine

The SSD is located in the slot labeled DISK1 on the Routing Engine faceplate.

NOTE: The DISK2 slot is not currently supported.

To remove an SSD from a Routing Engine (see

Figure 162 on page 343 ):

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

Verify that the Online , DISK1 , and CF LEDs on the backup Routing Engine faceplate are off.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2, loosen the captive screws on the corners of the cover.

Remove the cover from the Routing Engine slots.

CAUTION: Do not remove the cover if any of the LEDs on the Routing

Engine faceplate are lit.

Chapter 27: Replacing Host Subsystem Components

Press the eject button on the right side of the DISK1 slot to release the SSD.

The SSD pops partially out of the slot. Grasp the SSD and carefully slide it completely out of the slot.

Place the SSD on the antistatic mat.

Figure 162: Removing an SSD

Disk 2

Disk 1

Disk 2

Disk 1

USB

Offline

Online

Installing a Solid-State Disk in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine

To install an SSD in a Routing Engine (see

Figure 163 on page 343

Insert the SSD into the DISK1 slot on the Routing Engine, with the logo facing down.

CAUTION: Be sure to insert the SSD with the label facing down. Inserting the SSD incorrectly might damage the Routing Engine.

Slide the SSD into the slot until you feel resistance, carefully ensuring that it is correctly aligned.

Reinstall the Routing Engine cover. Using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2, tighten the screws on the corners of the cover to secure it to the Routing Engine .

From the master Routing Engine, power on the Routing Engine. For a standalone router, issue the request system power-on other-routing-engine command.

Figure 163: Installing an SSD

Disk 2

Disk 1

Disk 2

Disk 1

CF CF

USB

Offline

Online

343

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Copying the Junos OS to the Solid-State Disk in a T640 RE-C1800 Routing Engine

After installing an SSD for the first time, you must copy the software from the Routing

Engine's CompactFlash card to the SSD.

NOTE: For more information about the commands for this procedure, see

request system partition hard-disk, request system reboot, request system

snapshot, and show system boot-messages.

To copy software to the SSD:

On the console or other management device connected to the Routing Engine, enter

CLI operational mode.

Partition the SSD. Issue the request system partition hard-disk command.

Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the partition procedure is complete.

Reboot the router's software. Issue the request system reboot command.

Back up the currently running and active file system partitions on the router to standby partitions that are not running. Issue the request system snapshot command.

Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the snapshot procedure is complete.

Reboot the router's software again. Issue the request system reboot command.

Verify that the SSD is listed as the secondary boot device. The output lists the devices mounted. The SSD is located at ad1 . Issue the show system boot-messages command.

Documentation

•

•

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

•

CHAPTER 28

Replacing Line Card Components

•

Replacing a T640 FPC on page 345

•

Replacing a T640 PIC on page 352

•

Replacing T640 PIC Cables on page 358

Replacing a T640 FPC

The FPCs are hot-insertable and hot-removable. When you remove an FPC, the router continues to function, although the PIC interfaces installed on the FPC being removed no longer function.

The router holds up to eight FPCs, which are installed vertically in the front of the router.

An empty FPC weighs approximately 25 lb (11.3 kg) and a fully configured FPC can weigh up to 32 lb (14.5 kg).

Removing a T640 FPC on page 345

Installing a T640 FPC on page 348

Removing a T640 FPC

To remove an FPC (see

Figure 164 on page 348 ):

Have ready a replacement FPC or FPC blank panel and an antistatic mat for the FPC.

Also have ready rubber safety caps for each PIC using an optical interface on the FPC that you are removing.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Label the cables connected to each PIC on the FPC so that you can later reconnect the cables to the correct PICs.

Use one of the following methods to take the FPC offline:

• Press and hold the FPC online/offline button. The green OK LED next to the button begins to blink. Hold the button down until the LED goes out. The LEDs and online/offline button for each FPC are located directly above it on the craft interface.

345

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

• Issue the CLI command: user@host> request chassis fpc slot slot-number offline

For more information about the command, see request chassis fpc .

Disconnect the cables from the PICs installed in the FPC. Immediately cover each fiber-optic transceiver and the end of each cable with a rubber safety cap. Arrange the disconnected cables in the cable management system, to prevent the cables from developing stress points.

WARNING: Do not look directly into the ends of fiber-optic cables or into the transceivers on the PIC faceplate. Fiber-optic transceivers and cable connected to transceivers emit laser light that can damage your eyes.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

If you are removing a Type 2 FPC or Type 3 FPC, loosen the screws inside the ejector handles at the top and bottom of the FPC faceplate.

Simultaneously turn both the ejector handles counterclockwise to unseat the FPC.

Grasp the handles, and slide the FPC straight out of the card cage halfway.

CAUTION: The weight of the FPC is concentrated in the back end. Be prepared to accept the full weight—up to 32 lb (14.5 kg)—as you slide the

FPC out of the chassis.

When the FPC is out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector handles or edge connectors. They cannot support its weight.

Chapter 28: Replacing Line Card Components

Do not stack FPCs on top of one another after removal. Place each one individually in an electrostatic bag or on its own antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

10.

If necessary, remove each installed PIC from the FPC. For information about removing a PIC, see

“Removing a T640 PIC” on page 353

11.

After you remove each PIC, immediately place it on an antistatic mat or in an electrostatic bag.

12.

If you are not reinstalling a FPC into the emptied FPC slot within a short time, install a blank FPC panel over the slot to maintain proper airflow in the FPC card cage.

CAUTION: After removing an FPC from the chassis, wait at least 30 seconds before reinserting it, removing an FPC from a different slot, or inserting an FPC into a different slot.

347

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 164: Removing a T640 FPC

See Also •

Maintaining T640 FPCs on page 470

•

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

•

Installing a T640 FPC

To install an FPC (see

Figure 166 on page 352 ):

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Place the FPC on an antistatic mat.

Chapter 28: Replacing Line Card Components

Take each PIC to be installed in the replacement FPC out of its electrostatic bag, and identify the slot on the FPC where it will be connected.

Verify that each fiber-optic PIC has a rubber safety cap covering the PIC transceiver.

If it does not, cover the transceiver with a safety cap.

Install each PIC into the appropriate slot on the FPC. For information on installing a

PIC, see

“Installing a T640 PIC” on page 355

Locate the slot in the FPC card cage in which you plan to install the FPC.

Inspect the slot in the FPC card cage to verify that there are no missing or bent pins on the midplane.

Inspect the FPC to verify that the connectors are not misaligned or damaged.

CAUTION: When the FPC is out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector handles or edge connectors. They cannot support its weight.

Verify that the FPC is right-side up, with the components on the right of the FPC.

10.

Lift the FPC into place and carefully align the bottom and top of the FPC with the guides inside the card cage.

349

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 165: Installing an FPC

350

Do not bend or damage prongs on power connector

11.

Gently rest the bottom edge of the FPC on the bottom edge of the slot opening, making contact a short distance forward of the power connector.

CAUTION: Take care not to bend or otherwise damage the power connector prongs.

12.

Slowly slide the FPC all the way into the card cage until you feel resistance.

CAUTION: To avoid damaging the FPC, make sure that you keep the bottom of the FPC flat as you slide it into the slot.

13.

Starting with the ejector handles on the FPC faceplate nearly horizontal, simultaneously turn both ejector handles clockwise to seat the FPC.

Chapter 28: Replacing Line Card Components

14.

If you are installing a Type 2 FPC or Type 3 FPC, tighten the screws inside the ejector handles to secure the FPC. Do not overtighten them.

15.

Remove the rubber safety cap from each fiber-optic transceiver and cable.

16.

Insert the appropriate cable into the cable connector ports on each PIC on the FPC.

Secure the cables so that they are not supporting their own weight. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop, using the cable management system. Placing fasteners on a loop helps to maintain its shape.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

17.

Use one of the following methods to bring the FPC online:

• Press and hold the FPC online/offline button until the green OK LED next to the button lights steadily, in about 5 seconds. The LEDs and online/offline button for each FPC are located directly above it on the craft interface.

• Issue the CLI command: user@host> request chassis fpc slot slot-number online

For more information about the command, see request chassis fpc .

CAUTION: After the OK LED lights steadily, wait at least 30 seconds before removing the FPC again, removing an FPC from a different slot, or inserting an FPC in a different slot.

You can verify correct FPC and PIC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc and show chassis fpc pic-status commands, as described in

“Maintaining T640 FPCs” on page 470

and

“Maintaining T640 PICs and PIC Cables” on page 476 .

351

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 166: Installing a T640 FPC

See Also •

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

•

Documentation

•

•

Removing a T640 PIC on page 353

Replacing a T640 PIC

Installing a T640 PIC on page 355

Chapter 28: Replacing Line Card Components

Removing a T640 PIC

PICs are hot-insertable and hot-removable. When you remove a PIC, the router continues to function, although the PIC interfaces being removed no longer function.

The PICs are located in the FPCs installed in the front of the router. A PIC weighs less than 2 lb (0.9 kg).

To remove a PIC (see

Figure 167 on page 355 ):

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface to receive the

PIC. If the PIC connects to fiber-optic cable, have ready a rubber safety cap for each transceiver and cable.

Attach an electrostatic discharge ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Use one of the following methods to take the PIC offline:

• Press and hold the online/offline button until the PIC LED goes out (about 5 seconds).

For a PIC installed in a Type 1 FPC, use a tool—such as a flat-blade screwdriver—to press the button slightly beneath the faceplate of the PIC. For a PIC installed in a

Type 2 FPC or Type 3 FPC, use a narrow-ended tool that fits inside the opening that leads to the button.

• Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis pic fpc-slot fpc-slot pic-slot pic-slot offline

For more information about the command, see request chassis pic .

Label the cables connected to the PIC so that you can later reconnect each cable to the correct PIC.

Disconnect the cables from the PIC. If the PIC uses fiber-optic cable, immediately cover each transceiver and the end of each cable with a rubber safety cap.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

353

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

Unseat the PIC:

• Type 1 or Type 2 PIC—Loosen the captive screws at the top and bottom of the PIC faceplate.

• Type 3 PIC—Loosen the captive screw at the bottom of the PIC faceplate, then twist the ejector handle at the top of the faceplate and counterclockwise to unseat the

PIC.

• Type 4 PIC—Twist the ejector handle at the bottom of the PIC faceplate, then twist the ejector handle at the top of the faceplate and counterclockwise to unseat the

PIC.

Slide the PIC out of the FPC card carrier, and place it in the electrostatic bag or on the antistatic mat.

If you are not reinstalling a PIC into the emptied PIC slot within a short time, install a blank PIC panel over the slot to maintain proper airflow in the FPC card cage.

Figure 167: Removing a PIC

Chapter 28: Replacing Line Card Components

•

•

•

Installing a T640 PIC

To install a PIC (see

Figure 168 on page 357

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

If the PIC uses fiber-optic cable, verify that there is a rubber safety cap over each transceiver on the faceplate. Install a cap if necessary.

Align the notches in the connector at the rear of the PIC with the notches in the PIC slot in the FPC and then slide the PIC in until it lodges firmly in the FPC.

CAUTION: Slide the PIC straight into the slot to avoid damaging the components on the bottom of the PIC.

355

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Secure the PIC to the FPC faceplate:

• Type 1 or Type 2 PICs—Tighten the captive screws at the top and bottom of the faceplate.

• Type 3 PICs—Turn the ejector handle at the top of the PIC faceplate clockwise, then tighten the captive screw at the bottom of the faceplate.

• Type 4 PIC—Twist the ejector handle at the bottom of the PIC faceplate, then twist the ejector handle at the top of the faceplate and counterclockwise to unseat the

PIC.

If the PIC uses fiber-optic cable, remove the rubber safety cap from each transceiver and the end of each cable.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

Insert the appropriate cables into the cable connectors on the PIC.

Arrange each cable in the cable management system to prevent the cable from dislodging or developing stress points. Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop in the cable management system. Placing fasteners on the loop helps to maintain its shape.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

Use one of the following methods to bring the PIC online:

• Press the PIC offline/online button until the PIC LED lights green. For a PIC installed in a Type 1 FPC, use a tool—such as a flat-blade screwdriver—to press the button

Chapter 28: Replacing Line Card Components slightly beneath the faceplate of the PIC. For a PIC installed in a Type 2 FPC or Type

3 FPC, use a narrow-ended tool that fits inside the opening that leads to the button.

• Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis pic fpc-slot fpc-slot pic-slot pic-slot online

For more information about the command, see request chassis pic .

The normal functioning status LED confirms that the PIC is online. You can also verify correct PIC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status command.

Figure 168: Installing a PIC

•

•

•

T640 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage on page 528

Documentation

•

•

•

•

Removing a T640 PIC Cable on page 358

357

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Replacing T640 PIC Cables

Removing and installing PIC cables do not affect router function, except that a PIC does not receive or transmit data while its cable is disconnected. To replace a PIC cable, , perform the following procedures:

Installing a T640 PIC Cable on page 359

Removing a T640 PIC Cable

To remove a PIC cable:

If the PIC connects to fiber-optic cable, have ready a rubber safety cap for each cable and transceiver.

If removing all cables connected to the PIC, use one of the following methods to take the PIC offline:

• Press its online/offline button. For a PIC installed in a Type 1 FPC, use a tool—such as a flat-blade screwdriver—to press the button slightly beneath the faceplate of the PIC. For a PIC installed in a Type 2 FPC or Type 3 FPC, use a narrow-ended tool that fits inside the opening that leads to the button. Press and hold the button until the PIC LED goes out (about 5 seconds).

• Issue the CLI command: user@host> request chassis pic fpc-slot fpc-slot pic-slot pic-slot offline

For more information about the command, see request chassis pic .

Unplug the cable from the cable connector port. If the PIC uses fiber-optic cable, immediately cover each transceiver and the end of each cable with a rubber safety cap.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

Remove the cable from the cable management system and detach it from the destination port.

Chapter 28: Replacing Line Card Components

•

Connecting PIC Cables to the T640 Router on page 225

•

•

“Maintaining T640 PICs and PIC Cables” on page 476

Installing a T640 PIC Cable

To install a PIC cable (see

Figure 169 on page 360

Have ready a length of the type of cable used by the PIC. For cable specifications, see the T640 Core Router Interface Module Reference .

If the PIC cable connector port is covered by a rubber safety plug, remove the plug.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

Insert the cable connector into the cable connector port on the PIC faceplate.

Arrange the cable in the cable management system, to prevent it from dislodging or developing stress points. Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop in the cable management system. Placing fasteners on the loop helps to maintain its shape.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

Insert the other end of the cable into the destination port.

359

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Repeat the previous steps for any additional cables.

If the PIC is offline (its failure indicator LED is lit), use one of the following methods to bring the PIC online:

• Press the PIC offline/online button until the PIC LED lights green. For a PIC installed in a Type 1 FPC, use a tool—such as a flat-blade screwdriver—to press the button slightly beneath the faceplate of the PIC. For a PIC installed in a Type 2 FPC or Type

3 FPC, use a narrow-ended tool that fits inside the opening that leads to the button.

• Issue the CLI command: user@host> request chassis pic fpc-slot fpc-slot pic-slot pic-slot online

For more information about the command, see request chassis pic .

The normal functioning indicator LED confirms that the PIC is online. You can also verify correct PIC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status command described in

Figure 169: Connecting Fiber-Optic Cable to a PIC

PIC

Fiber-optic cable

360

See Also •

Connecting PIC Cables to the T640 Router on page 225

•

•

Chapter 28: Replacing Line Card Components

Documentation

•

Connecting PIC Cables to the T640 Router on page 225

•

•

Replacing a T640 Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply on page 363

361

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 29

Replacing Power System Components

•

•

Replacing a T640 Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply on page 370

•

Replacing a T640 Four-Input 240-A DC Power Supply on page 382

•

Replacing a T640 DC Power Supply Cable on a Two-Input 160-A Power Supply,

Three-Input 240-A DC Power Supply, or a Four-Input 240-A DC Power

Supply on page 388

•

Replacing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply on page 395

•

Replacing a T640 DC Power Supply Cable on a Six-Input DC Power Supply on page 401

•

Replacing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Front Air Filter on page 404

•

Replacing a T640 Six-Input DC Power Supply Side Air Filter on page 404

•

Replacing a Front Air Filter Element on a T640 AC or DC Power Supply on page 406

•

Replacing a Side Air Filter on a T640 AC Power Supply on page 408

•

Replacing a T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply on page 412

•

Replacing a T640 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply Cord on page 420

•

Replacing a T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply on page 426

•

Replacing a T640 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply Cord on page 433

Replacing a T640 Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply

Removing a T640 Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply on page 363

Installing a T640 Two-Input DC Power Supply on page 366

Removing a T640 Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply

CAUTION: Do not leave a power supply slot empty for more than 30 minutes while the router is operational. For proper airflow, the power supply must remain in the chassis, or a blank panel must be used in an empty slot.

The router has either one nonredundant power supply or two redundant, load-sharing power supplies. Each redundant power supply is hot-insertable and hot-removable.

When a redundant power supply is powered down or removed, the other power supply

363

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide automatically assumes the entire electrical load for the router. If you have only one power supply, you must power off the system before removing the power supply.

To remove a two-input 160-A DC power supply:

Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cables might become active during the removal process.

For a nonredundant power supply, power off the system. For redundant power supplies, verify that the other power supply is functional.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Switch the circuit breakers on the power supply faceplate to the off position ( O ).

NOTE: After powering off a power supply, you must wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.

Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.

Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver, remove the nuts and washers from the terminal studs (see

Figure 170 on page 364 ).

Figure 170: Disconnecting Power Cables from a Two-Input 160-A DC Power Supply

Chapter 29: Replacing Power System Components

Remove the cable lugs from the terminal studs.

Loosen the captive screws on the cable restraints on the right edge of the power supply faceplate.

Carefully move the power cables out of the way.

10.

Loosen the captive screws on the lower corners of the power supply faceplate completely. Twist the ejector handles on the upper corners of the faceplate counterclockwise to unseat the power supply.

11.

Twist the ejector handles on the upper corners of the faceplate counterclockwise to unseat the power supply.

12.

Grasp the handle on the power supply faceplate, and pull firmly to start removing the power supply. Slide it halfway out of the chassis (see

Figure 171 on page 366 ).

CAUTION: Each two-input 160-A power supply weighs approximately

23 lb (10.5 kg). Be prepared to support the full weight of the power supply as you remove it from the router.

13.

Place one hand underneath the power supply to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis.

WARNING: Do not touch the power connectors on the rear of the power supply (see

Figure 172 on page 366

). They can contain dangerous voltages.

365

T640 Core Router Hardware Guide

Figure 171: Removing a Two-Input 160-A Power Supply

Figure 172: Rear of the Power Supply Showing Midplane Connectors

•

T640 DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 134

•

•